‫اﻟﺼ ْﺮف‬

‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﱠ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ ﻡ‬٢٠١٢ ‫ ﵺ ـ‬١٤٣٣

hCG ∫Éμ`` °TC’G øe πμ`` °T …CG »a ÜÉàμdG Gòg øe Aõ`` L …CG ∫ɪ©à`` °SG hCG ï`` °ùf Rƒ`` éj ’
ï`` °ùædG ∂dP »a ɪH ,á«fhôàμd’G hCG ájôjƒ`` °üàdG AGƒ`` °S ` πFÉ`` °SƒdG ø`` e á∏«`` °Sh á`` jCÉH
.ô`` °TÉædG øe »£N ¿PEÉH ’EG ` É¡YÉLôà`` °SGh äÉeƒ∏©ªdG ßØMh √Gƒ`` °S hCG »aGôZƒJƒØdG
‫اﻟﺼ ْﺮف‬
‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ـ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺍﻹﻫــــــﺪﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞِ َﻏ ُﻴﻮ ٍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ‪ٍ ‬‬
‫ﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺼ ٍﺮ َﺟﻼ َﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ َﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺝ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗَﻬﺎ‪...‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُﺃﻫﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪَ‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬

 ‫‪ÜÉàμdG …ój ø«H‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺪ ًﺍ ﻳﻮﺍﻓــﻲ ﻧ ِ َﻌ َﻤ ُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺼﺢ ِ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀــﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺻﻼ ًﺓ ﻭﺳــﻼﻣ ًﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪..‬‬
‫ﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ« ﻳَﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ْﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﺆﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺷــﺮﻓ ُ‬‫ُ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑِﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺭﺳــﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻴﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻛﺰﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴــﻬﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﺷــﺘﻘﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸــﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺑ ُﻌ ْﺪ ُ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑ ُﻨ ْﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﻟﻐﺘــﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻬــﺎ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻼﻏﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳــﻤﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻴﺴــﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺭﺳــﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻓﻴﻪ ُﺑﻐﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤ ‪‬ﻘﻖ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺚ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ــﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨ ‪‬ﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮِﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﺮﺱ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻘﻞ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺇﻣﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘَﺒــﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺧﻴــﺮ ﻣﺄْﻣﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻡ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤــﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳــﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤ ‪‬ﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ـ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪١٤٢٦‬ﻫـ ـ ‪٢٠٠٦‬ﻡ‬
 ‫‪:±ô°üdG º∏Y ∞jô©J ≈dEG πNóe‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣــ ًﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠـــﻢ ﻳﺒﺤـﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻨﻴــﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴـﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴــﻤﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤــﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻴﺸــﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧــﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠــﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻣــﺮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻜﻨــﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺑـــــﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌـــــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺮﻓــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣــﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓــــﻼ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤــــــﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـــــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺴﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺑﺌﺲ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻴــﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻓ ًﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻭ»ﺍﺩﻉ« ﻣﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫) ُﻗ ْﻞ ﻣﻦ َﻗــﺎﻝ( ِ‬
‫ﻭ)ﻕ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ( ﻣﻦ »ﻭﻗﻰ« ﻭ َﻳﺪٌ ﻣــﻦ » َﻳﺪﻱ«‬
‫»ﺩﻋﺎ«‪.‬‬
 ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷــﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺳــﺄﻟﺘﻤﻮﻧﻴﻬﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻳــﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻓــﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‪َ :‬ﻗ ْﻠ ُﺐ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ ْﻘ ُﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ :‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺷﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺩﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻤﺎﺳــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻤﺴــﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺳ َﻔ ْﺮ َﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑــﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺮﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬــﻢ‪) :‬ﺍﺣﺮﻧﺠﻤﺖ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ( ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣــﺎ ﺧﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺳــﺄﻟﺘﻤﻮﻧﻴﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫــﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻓــﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ( ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺗﻼ ـ ﺳﻤﻊ ـ ﺧﺮﺝ ـ ﻗﺒﻞ ـ ﻧﺼﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺷــﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺩﺣﺮﺝ ـ ﺑﻌﺜﺮ ـ ﺯﺧﺮﻑ ـ ﻃﻤﺄﻥ ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻝ ـ ﻋﺴﻌﺲ(‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻊ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣــﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻏﺪﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺍﻏﺪﻭﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ :‬ﻃﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻏﺪﻭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ْﺭ ُﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺮ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﻤﺎ ‪‬ﺭ‬
 ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻋــﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺤــﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜـﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺪﺣـــﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻌﺜـﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻟـﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺸــﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ )ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ َ‬
‫ِﺭ ْﻋــﺪَ ﺓٌ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻗﺸْ ــﻌ ِﺮﻳﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﻧﺠــﻢ )ﺍﺣﺮﻧﺠﻤﺖ ﺍﻹﺑــﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪َ :‬ﻓ َﻌ ٌﻞ ﻛ َﻔ َﺮﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌ َﻞ َﻛ َﻌ ُﻀــﺪَ ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ِﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﻛﻜﺒِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ْﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﻛﺼ ْﺨــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌﻞ َﻛ ُﺼ َﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ ُﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓ ْﻌﻞ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻌ ْﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓ ِﻌﻞ ﻛﺈِﺑِﻞ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻛﻌﻨَﺐ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓ َﻌﻞ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻌ ُﻨﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ ْﻌﻞ َﻛ ُﻘﻔﻞ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠــﺮﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ـﻞ‬ ‫ــﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ ﻣﺜـﻞ‪َ :‬ﻋ ِﻠ َﻢ َ‬
‫ﻭﺷــ ِﺮ َﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻬــﻲ‪َ :‬ﻓ َﻌ َﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧ ََﺼ َﺮ ﻭ َﻓ َﺘ َ‬
‫ﻭﺷــﺮ َﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺜـﻞ‪َ :‬ﺣ ُﺴ َﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘِ َﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻲ ُﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ )ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻛﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻋــ ِﺮ َﻑ ُ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺒﻨ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬــﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻫﺎ ُﻳ َﻀ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻔﺘــﻮﺡ ﺇﻻ ْ‬
‫َﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ُﻟ ُﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨــﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠــﻮﻡ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻞ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪َ :‬ﺑ ْﻌﺜ ََﺮ ﻭﺯﺧﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺣﺮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ُﻓ ْﻌ ِﻠ َﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﺩ ْﺣ ِﺮ َﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺑ ْﻌﺜِ َﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ‪.﴾® ¬ « ª‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻣﺮ َﻓ ْﻌ ِﻠ ْﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺩ ْﺣ ِﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯَ ْﺧ ِﺮ ْﻑ َﻭ َﻃ ْﻤﺌِ ْﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪:»aô°üdG ¿Gõ«ªdG‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻔﻈﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻡ )ﻓﻌﻞ( ﻟﻴﺪ ّﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺬﻓ ًﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ًﺍ ﺃﻡ ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ ًﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺷــﺮ َﻑ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َﺃ ْﻡ ﻧﺴــﺒ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺫ َﻫ َﺐ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ َﻌ َﻞ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ ِﻠ َﻢ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ‪،‬‬
‫َﻓ ُﻌ َﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻘﺒِ ُﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻳ ْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻋ ِﻠ َﻢ‬
‫ﻭ)ﻛﺎ َﻓ َﺢ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ )ﻓﺤﺮﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻴــﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ(‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ» ُﻗ ْﻞ« ﺑﻮﺯﻥ » ُﻓ ْﻞ«‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻓﺖ‬
‫)ﻭ ِﻕ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻴــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﻗﻠﻮﺏ«‪ ،‬ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ َ‬
 ‫‪12‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » ِﻉ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ َﻳ ْﺮ ُﺻﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺒ ‪‬ﻴــﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫· ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﻧ ًﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻴ ًﺎ؟‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ )ﺍﺳــﻤ ًﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ــﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔــﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺑﻞ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺎﻟــﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴــﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘِ َﺐ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷ ِﺮ َﺏ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷــﻤﺲ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ ْﻌﻞ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ ْﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ِﻓ ْﻌــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻗ َﻤﺮ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ َﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ َْﺼ ٌﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ْﻌﻞ‪،‬‬‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫ ‪‬ﺬﺏ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ُﻛ ‪‬ﺮ َﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻓ ‪‬ﻌﻞ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻌ َ‬
‫‪‬ــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺴــﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓﻌ َ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣــﺮﻭﻑ )ﺳــﺄﻟﺘﻤﻮﻧﻴﻬﺎ( ﻧ ََﺰ َﻟﺖ ﺍﻷﺣــﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻣﺪ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ )ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗ ََﻌ ‪‬ﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﺗ َﻔﻌ َ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺗ َﻘ ‪‬ﺒ َﻞ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ َﺗ َﻔﻌ َ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ َﺘ َﺰ ْﻟ َﺰ ُﻝ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ َﻳ َﺘ َﻔ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ َﺣﺪَ ﺙ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ُﺣ ِﺬ َﻑ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﺧ ْﺬ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻋ ْﻞ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫»ﻣ ْﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛِﻖْ «‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ُﺣ ِﺬ َﻑ ﻭﺳــﻂ‬
‫ــﻞ« ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬ ‫»ﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ْﻆ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ِ‬ ‫ِﺻ ْﻞ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻗ ْﻞ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ْﻞ( ﻭﺑِ ْﻊ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫»ﻓ ْﻞ«‬
‫ــﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺣــﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻒ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺧَ ْ‬
‫ــﻊ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍ ِ ْﻓ َﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ‬‫ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ُ :‬ﺍ ْﺩ ُﻉ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﺍ ْﻓ ُﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺍ ِ ْﺳ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭ»ﻑ«‬ ‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ َﻭ َﺑ ِﻘ َﻲ ﻭﺳــﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ِ » :‬ﻉ« )ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻰ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ ﻉ(‬
‫ﻭ»ﻝ« ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ » ِﻉ« ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ‬‫ﺑﻮﺯﻥ » ِﻉ« ِ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤــﺎ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻣــﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ُﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪:»fÉμªdG Ö∏≤dG‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤــﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ« ﻧﺤــﻮ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺣــﺪﺙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺬ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻓ َﻠﻊ( ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ َﺟ َﺬ َﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﻔﻬﺮ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻫﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ْ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﻀﺤ ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺑﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺷــﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿ َﻤ َﺤ ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ْ‬
‫»ﻋ َﻤ ْﺮﻟﻲ« ﻓﻲ » َﻟ َﻌ ْﻤﺮﻱ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘــﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫َ‬
‫)ﺍ ْﺗ َﻠــﻮﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺃﻧــﺎﺭﺏ( ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘــﻮﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺃﺭﺍﻧــﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺟﻨﺰﺑﻴﻞ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺯﻧﺠﺒﻴﻞ( ﻭ)ﺟﻮﺍﺯ( ﻓﻲ )ﺯﻭﺍﺝ( ﻭ)ﺃﻫﺒﻞ( ﻓﻲ )ﺃﺑﻠﻪ( ﻭ)ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻥ( ﻓﻲ‬
 ‫‪14‬‬

‫)ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺄ ّﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ًﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻡ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ َﺑ ُﻌﺪ( ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻋﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ )ﻧﺄﻯ ﻳﻨﺄﻯ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨ ْﺄ ُﻱ ﻓﻮﺯﻥ )ﻧﺎﺀ( ﻫﻮ )ﻓﻠﻊ( )ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻔﻠﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺄﻯ »ﻳﻔﻌﻞ«‪) ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺷــﺘﻘﺎﻕ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺟﺎﻩ(‬ ‫َﺄﻯ » َﻓ َﻔ َﻌﻞ« ﻭ َﻳ ْﻨ َ‬
‫ﻧ َ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ )ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻭﺟﺎﻫﺔ( ﻭ)ﺟﺎﻩ(‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ َ‬
‫)ﻋ ْﻔﻞ( ﺃﻣﺎ َﻭ ُﺟ َﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ َﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ُﻌ َﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ« ﻫﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟــﺮﺃﻱ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻟــﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧــﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ َﻟ ُﻤﻨِ َﻌ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳــﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ »ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ« ﺷﻴﺌﺎﺀ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻼﺀ( ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﺷــﻴﺎﺀ )ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ ﻟﻔﻌﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟــﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻨﻌﺖ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪£ ¢ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ © ¨ § ¦ ¥ ¤‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ـ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴــﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺴــﻪ ـ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‬
‫ــﻢ ُﻣﻨﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼــﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﻥ؟ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ـ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻲ ـ ﻫﻮ‪َ :‬ﻓ ِﻠ َ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﺃ ْﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺘــﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﻤــﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ُﻣ ْﻘ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﺘ َﻜ ُﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪:¬eÉ°ùbCGh Qó°üªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ْﻠﻢ ﻭ َﻓ ْﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧ َْﺼﺮ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳــ ‪‬ﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻀﺒﻄﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻓﺴﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺴــﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳــﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻋ ّﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺘ َﻔﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺘﺐ‬‫ﻭﻛ ّﻠﻢ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴــﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻛ َ‬
‫ِﻛﺘﺎﺑ ًﺔ ﻭﺯﺭﻉ ﺯَ ْﺭﻋ ًﺎ ﻭﺑﻜﻰ ُﺑ َﻜﺎ ًﺀ ﻭﺗﻼ ﺗــﻼﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻊ ﻃﻠﻮﻋ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ًﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫· ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ َ‬
‫ﺑــﺄ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻭﺗ ََﺄ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِﻓ َﻌــﺎﻝ ْ‬
‫ــﻼﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻧِﻔﺎﺭ ًﺍ ﻭﺟﻤــﺢ ِﺟﻤﺎﺣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ َﻓ َﻌ َ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺭ َﻓ َﻮﺭﺍﻧ ًﺎ ﻭﻏﻠﻰ َﻏ َﻠﻴﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ َﺩ َﻭ َﺭﺍﻧ ًﺎ ﻭﻃﺎﻑ‬
‫َﻃ َﻮﻓﺎﻧــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ــﻌ َﻞ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻛﻢ ﺯُ ﻛﺎﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻰ ُﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﺮﺥ ُﺻﺮﺍﺧ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ُﺳﻌﺎ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺃﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‬ ‫َﻓﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳــﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻞ ﺭﺣﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﺋﻴﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻞ ﺻﻬﻴــ ً‬
‫ﻭﺣﺰﺍﺭﺓ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻓ َﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗِﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻧِﺠﺎﺭﺓ ِ‬

‫· ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ُ :‬ﻳ ْﻘ َﺘ َﺼ ُﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺭ ِﺿ َﻲ ﺭﺿ ًﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬‫ــﺨﻄ ًﺎ ﺃﻭ َﺳ ْﺨﻄ ًﺎ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﺨﻂ ُﺳ ْ‬
‫ــﺨﻄ ًﺎ َﻭ َﺭﺿ ًﺎ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑــﺎﺏ ) َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ(‬‫ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ َﺳ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺫﻫــﺐ َﺫ َﻫﺎ ًﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴــﺎﺱ ُﺫ ُﻫﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑــﺎﺏ َﻓ َﻌ َﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫· ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻀﺒﻄــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳــ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻛﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﺳــﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ »ﺃﻛــﺮﻡ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ »ﺍﻧﻄﻠــﻖ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ »ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ« ﻓﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ‪‬ﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ) َﻓ ‪‬ﻌ َﻞ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓﻌ َ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫»ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ« ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋ ّﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪J I ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾L K‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾Ü Û Ú Ù Ø × ﴿ :‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺏ ﻭﺳ ّﻠﻢ ﻭﻧ ‪‬ﺰﻩ )ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻄﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴ ًﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻓﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﺼــﺪﺭﻩ َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ َﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺭ ّﺑــﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ( ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤــﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺭﻯ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺧَ ّﻄﺄ ﺗﺨﻄﺌﺔ ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺰﺃ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﺔ َ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺒﺄ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ ‪‬ﺮﺃ ﺗﺒﺮﺋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ َ)ﺃ ْﻓ َ‬

‫ﻌﻞ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ« ﻓﻤﺼــﺪﺭﻩ ﺇ ِ ْﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺬﺭ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧ ًﺎ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻗﺒﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻗﺎﻡ( ﻓﻤﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺇ ِ َﻓﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇ ِ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺈﻗﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪َ :‬ﺃ َﺟﺎﺏ ﺇﺟﺎﺑــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺭ ﺇﻧــﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒــﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﻄــﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺑﻜﻰ ﺇﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎﺀ( ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺇﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠــﺐ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻻﺣﻘ ًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
 ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺎﻋﻞ( ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ) َﻓ َ‬

‫ﺎﻋﻞ« ﻓﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ َﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ َ‬
‫)ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ َﻳﺎﺋ ِ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻓﺢ ﻛﻔﺎﺣ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻧﻘﺎﺷ ًﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ًﺍ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﺎﺀ( ﻭﺟﺒﺖ »ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ« ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ِ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻳﺎﻭﻣــﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻭﻣــﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻣ ًﺎ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎﺳــﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﺳــﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻳِ َﻮﺍﻣ ًﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳِ َﺴﺎﺭ ًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ) َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻞ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺑ ْﻌﺜَــﺮ َﻭﺯَ ْﺧ َﺮﻑ ﻓﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﺧﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺜﺮﺓ ﻭﺯﺧﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﻌﻔــ ًﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ‪‬ﻴﺎ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﺧﺮ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺯﻟﺰﻝ ﻭﻭﺳﻮﺱ« ـ‬
‫ﻭﻓ ْﻌﻼﻝ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺯﻟــﺰﻝ‪ :‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴــﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺯﻧــﺎﻥ ) َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻠــﺔ ِ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺱ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﻭ ْﺳﻮﺍﺳــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﻟﺔ‪9 ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻟﺰﺍ ً‬
‫‪ ﴾< ; :‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪َ :‬ﺩ ْﻣﺪَ ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻌﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻭﺀﺓ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳــﻲ ﺑﺄﻟــﻒ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻭﺯﻳــﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧــﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻔﻊ‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻋ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﺟﺘِﻤﺎﻋ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﺳــﺘِﻐﻔﺎﺭ ًﺍ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘِﻔﺎﻋ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻓﻊ ِ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪½ ¼ » ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳــﺘِﻘﺒﺎ ً‬
‫¾ ¿﴾ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ )ﺳــﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳــﺘِﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻻ ﺇ ٰﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻭﺀ ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺑ ِﺪﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻤﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻀﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺣﺮﺟ ًﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻤــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺣﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠ ً‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻼ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺗﻨﺎ ُﻓﺴــ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺘ ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻣﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧِ ًﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﺎﺑﻰ ﺗﻐﺎﺑِﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻰ ِ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻴ ًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻟﻴ ًﺎ‪،‬‬

‫· ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﺣﺬﻑ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻴ ًﺎ َﺃ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﻮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﺳــﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣ ًﺔ ﺍﺳﺘِ ْﻘ َﻮﺍﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﻮﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻌﻠﺔ )ﺣﺴﺐ َ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻻﺣﻘ ًﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪20‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ )ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ِﺣ ْﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺪ‬ ‫ُﺳﺌﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭ ًﺍ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺷــﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷــﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷــﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭ ًﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻤﻴﻢ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺘﺎﺑ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺑ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺼﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﺼﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﻫﺎﺩﺋــ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻓ ًﺎ( ﻭﻣﺜﻞ )ﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺯ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻛﺮﻳﻤ ًﺎ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﻭ ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰ ً‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓــﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻗﺸــﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺤﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺿﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺴــﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﻣﻴﻤ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺻﻴﺎﻏــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤــﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ‬
‫)ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ‬
‫)ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻓﺎﺅﻩ ﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﺛﺐ َﻣ ْﻮﺛِﺒ ًﺎ ﺳــﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ( ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ــﻮ ِﺭﺩ ًﺍ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ًﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻــﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬‫ﻭﺛﻮﺑــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤــﺎﺀ َﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻻ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﺪ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪ ًﺍ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫ﺿﻌ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺳﺮﻳﻌ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻮ ً‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫ﺻ ً‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺻﻴﺎﻏــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤــﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ‬

‫)ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼــﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫)ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ )ﺁﺧــﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ــﻌﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﻗ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﻴ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ َﻣ ْﺴ ً‬
‫َﻣ ْﺠ ًﺮﻯ ﺳــﺮﻳﻌ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺟﺮﻳــ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻼ )ﺃﻱ‪ُ :‬ﺷ ْﺮﺑ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ َﻣ ْﻄ َﻠﻌ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺏ َﻣﺸْ َﺮﺑ ًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻃﻠﻮﻋ ًﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ًﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼــﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼــﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻣﻴﻤ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ُﻣ ْﺼ َﻠﺤ ًﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺷــﺪ ًﺍ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﺻﻼﺣــ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﺨﺮﺟﻪ ُﻣ ْﺴــ َﺘ ْﺨ َﺮﺟ ًﺎ ﺳــﻠﻴﻤ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪_ ^ ] \ [ ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳــﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟ ًﺎ(‪َ ،‬‬
‫` ‪ ﴾a‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺻﺪﻕ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪22‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻫﻤﺞ ـ ﻗﻮﻡ _ ﺇﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ـ ﻭﻃﻦ ـ َﻛ ّﻢ( ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺴــﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫)ﻫﻤﺠﻴﺔ ﻭ َﻗ ّ‬
‫ﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼــﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ َ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫َﻣ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻭ ْﺣ ِﺸــﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤــﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻤﻮﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ـ ﻗﺮﺭ َﻣ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳــﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣــﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘــﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﻴــﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴــﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴــﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺷــﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ( ﻣــﻦ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴــﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺷــﺘﺮﺍﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ـ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ـ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪّ ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺤــﺪﺙ ﺧﻠﻂ ﺑﻴــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴــﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ُﻳ ْﺴ َﺒ ُﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳــﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﺍﻻﺷــﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺸــﺮﻱ( ﻓﻬــﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺗﺨﻠﺖ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺠﺖ ﻧﻬﺠ ًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ًﺍ« )ﻫﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ« )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ«‬
‫)ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤــﺪﺙ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣــ ًﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﺿــﻮﺀ ًﺍ( )ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻮﺿﺆ ًﺍ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤــﺎ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪﴾ PO N M L ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﻣ ًﺎ )ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻧﺒﺎﺗ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﮊ ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ُﻗ ْﺒ َﻠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗَﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮ ُﺀ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ »ﺗﻘﺒﻴﻞ«‪َ ،‬ﻓ ُﻘ ْﺒ َﻠ ُﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﺗﻘﺒﻴﻞ« ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﺤﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﺤﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﺆﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴــﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻗــﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻀﻴﺎﻑ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻛ َﺮ ُﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ٌﺓ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪َ ِ ،‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ ﺻﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ُﺃ ِﺧ َﺬ ْﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
 ‫‪24‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗ َُﻀ ‪‬ﻢ ـ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻭﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋــﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻖ ﻧﺤﻮ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳــﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴــﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪:äÉ≤à°ûªdG á°SGQO‬‬
‫‪:¬àZÉ«°Uh ¬Øjô©J πYÉØdG º°SG `` 1‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻜﺎﺗﺐ( ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑــﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺭﺳــﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷــﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ~ ﴿ :‬ﮯ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬‬
‫¡ ‪ ﴾¢‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،﴾) ( ' & % ﴿ :‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻄــﺎﺏ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟــﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨــﻪ‪K J I H﴿ :‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾ L‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ،﴾. - , + * ﴿ :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺮ( ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻓﺎﻋﻞ«‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻌﻔ ًﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ ) :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋـﺪّ ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻻﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺸــﺪّ ﺩﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻣــﺎ ّﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎ ّﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺭ( ﻗــﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪﴾q p o n m l k j ﴿ :‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ،﴾" ! ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪l k j i h g﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ m‬‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ َ‬

‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ‬ ‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻭﻳــﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» ﴾ w v u ﴿ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﺋﻞ«‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠــﻪ »ﻗﺎﻭﻝ« ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ »ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜــﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ »ﻗﺎﻭﻝ«‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻟﻮﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ »ﺑﺎﺋﻊ« ﺃﺻﻠﻪ »ﺑﺎﻳﻊ« ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ »ﺑﺎﻉ ﻳﺒﻴﻊ«‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻭﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻳﻊ( ﻫﻤــﺰﺓ ﻷﻥ ُﻛ ‪‬ﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗــﺪ ُﺃ ِﻋ ‪‬ﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ــﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻢ ﺗ َُﻌ ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬
‫»ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻉ« ﻣــﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗ َُﻌ ‪‬‬
‫»ﻏﻴِﺪَ « ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﻋﺎ ِﻭﺭ« ﻣﻦ »ﻋ ِﻮﺭ«‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﻏﺎﻳِﺪ« ﻣــﻦ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﻼﻟﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪26‬‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤــﺬﻑ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻬــﻮ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ R Q P O﴿ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻉ ﻭﻣﺸــﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ٍ‬
‫ــﺎﻥ ﻭﺯَ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻥ« ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫﴿ ‪َ » ﴾ U T S R Q P O‬ﻓ ٍ‬
‫ﺘــﺎﻝ ﻭ َﺩﺍﻉ ﻭ َﻓ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺎ ٍﻉ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻟﺤﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ُﻳ ْﺒﺪَ ﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺴ ُﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻬــﻮ ُﻣﻘﺒِﻞ«‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠــﻖ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻄﻠﻖ« ﻭ»ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺴــﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ُﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒِﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫ُﻣ ْﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺇ ٰﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪¥ ﴿ :‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪ‪ ‬ﻡ ﻭﺃﻧــﺖ‬
‫¦ § ¨ © ‪ ﴾ « ª‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪³ ² ± °﴿ :‬‬
‫´ ‪ ،﴾ ¸ ¶ μ‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ ..O N M L ﴿ :‬‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ َ‬

‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ــﻮﻑ )ﻣﻌﺘﻞ‬‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َ‬ ‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ َ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻂ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻣ ْﻔ ِ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜــﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻆ‬‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻟﻔــ ًﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﺨﺘــﺎﺭ ـ ﻣﻜﺘﺎﻝ ـ ﻣﺨﺘــﺎﻝ( ﻧﻘــﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺧــﺎﻩ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ«‪» ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪٌ ﻫــﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺒــﻮﺏ«‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣــﻖ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻣ ْﻔ ِ‬
‫ﺘﻌــﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ »ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ« ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺛﻤﺔ ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗ َْﺠ ِﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓــﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ َ»ﺃﺳﻬﺐ«‬
‫ــﻬﺐ‪) ،‬ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ(‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ُﻣ ْﺴ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻦ«‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ُﻣ ْﺴ ِﻬﺐ )ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ(‪» ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺼﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩ‪) ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ُﻣ ْﺤ ِﺼﻦ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻔﺞ ﺯﻳﺪ )ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻠﺲ( ﻓﻬﻮ ُﻣ ْﻠ َﻔﺞ ـ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ‪) ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳــﻪ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻔ ٌﺞ ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌــﻮﻝ ﻧﻄﻘ ًﺎ ﻭﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫)ﻣﻌﻨًﻰ( ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳــﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋــﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ًﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ًﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪y x ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ { z‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻉ ﺍﻟــﻤــﻜــﺎﺭﻡ ﻻ ﺗــﺮﺣــﻞ ﻟﺒﻐﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺪ ﻓﺈﻧــﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴــ ‪‬ﻮ( ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻌﻮﻡ‬
 ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﺑﻼﻏﻲ ﺳــﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺄﻧﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫» َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ِ‬

‫»ﻓﺎﻋﻞ«‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ« ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﻗﺪﻳﺮ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻗﺎﺩﺭ«‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﺳــﻤﻴﻊ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﺳــﺎﻣﻊ«‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﺷــﺎ ّﺩ«‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﺭﺣﻴﻢ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﺭﺍﺣــﻢ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫»ﻏ ُﻔﻮﺭ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨــﻰ »ﻏﺎﻓﺮ«‪،‬‬
‫) َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ( ﺑﻤﻌﻨــﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﻏﻀﻮﺏ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻏﺎﺿﺐ«‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﺟﻬﻮﻝ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﺟﺎﻫﻞ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻝ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﺟﺘــﺰﺍ ًﺀ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎ ًﺀ( ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪،﴾ Ë Ê É È Ç Æ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻧﻜﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،﴾ f e d c b a ﴿ :‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓــﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻱ‪» :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣــﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺳــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺀ‬
‫ﺘﺼ ُﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺭﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻔ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤــﺎ ُﻳ ْﻘ َ‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜ ْﺘ َﺒــﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ‪َ‬ﻢ ﺭﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤــﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻻﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺼﻮﻏ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻭ َﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ـ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻻﻣﻪ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧــﺮﻩ( ﻭﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ )ﻓﺎ ٍﻉ( ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑــ ًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺑــﺄﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﺎﻓ ًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻨــﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ًﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ـ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻻﻣﻪ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮﻩ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋﻴ ًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﺿﻴ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾L K J I ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫــﺬﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻘ َﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺕ ﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍﺕ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪:á¨dÉѪdG ≠«°U `` 2‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ )ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳــﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑــﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ــﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟــﻞ َﻃ ‪‬ﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ُﻟ ٌ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻑ‬‫ﺎﺡ« )ﻛﺜﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻳﻢ )ﻛﺜﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ(‪َ ،‬‬ ‫َﺣ ِﺬ ٌﺭ‪َ » ،‬ﻓ َﻄ ‪‬ﻤ ٌ‬
‫)ﻳﺄﻟﻒ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ًﺍ(‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣ ِﺬ ٌﺭ )ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤــﺬﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪30‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﺷ َﻬﺮ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ِﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻫﻲ‪َ :‬ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪َ :‬‬
‫)ﺟ ّﺒﺎﺭ َﻗﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻀﻴﺎﻑ‬ ‫)ﻣﻌﻄــﺎﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ْﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫َﻭﻫ‪ ‬ــﺎﺏ َﺭ ‪‬ﺯﺍﻕ َﻫ ‪‬ﻤــﺎﺯ َﻟ ‪‬ﻤــﺎﺯ(‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺷــﻜﻮﺭ َﻭ ُﺩﻭﺩ( ﻭ َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬‫ٌ‬ ‫)ﻛ ُﺘﻮﻡ َﻏ ُﻔﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻄﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)ﺣ ِﺬﺭ َﻧ ِﻬﻢ َﺑ ِﻄﺮ َﺃ ِﺷﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ِﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﻬﻮﺭﺓ َﻓ َﻌ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ ) :‬ﻓ َﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻕ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓ ‪‬ﻌﻴﻞ‬‫)ﻫ َﻤ َﺰﺓ ُﻟ َﻤ َﺰﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺔ(‪ِ ،‬‬
‫)ﻏﺪَ ﺭ( ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ َﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻨﻄﻴﻖ(‬‫)ﻣ ْﻌﻄﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ـــﻜـﻴﺮ( ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻗ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺲ ِ‬
‫)ﺻ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﻭ َﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺎﻋﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺣﺎﻃﻮﻡ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ؟‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻴــﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﻏﻔﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳــﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﻏﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ُﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻬﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺑﺸــﻴﺮ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻄﻰ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻌﻄﺎﺀ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸــﺮ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳــﻤﻊ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻫﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺬﺭ‪ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴﻞ«(‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻃﺮﻭﺏ ﻭﻣﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪» :‬ﻃ ِﺮﺏ‬

‫‪:¬àZÉ«°Uh ¬Øjô©J ∫ƒ©ØªdG º°SG `` 3‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫)ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ُ :‬ﻇ ِﻠ َﻢ ﻭﻧ ِ‬
‫ُﺼﺮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘِﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ َﻳ ِﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﺻﻴﺎﻏ ُﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻗﺴﺎﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻗﺴــﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧ ُِﻈ َﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ ِﻬ َﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻮﺯ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺃ ِﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺌﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺴــﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻗﺮﺉ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪،‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴــﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﺻﻴﻎ ﻛﻤــﺎ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ‪‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺣــﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﻭ ِﻋﺪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻭ ِﺭﺙ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺙ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻭ ِﺻ َﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ِﺴﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻴﺴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ِﻤﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻂ ﻭﺍﻭ ّﻳ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
 ‫‪32‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ َﻭ َﺍﻭ ْﻳ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ُﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪) ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ُﻔﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ َﺃ ْﻭ َﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ُﻔ ْﻌــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﻴــﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺖ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻣ ُﻘﻮﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ُﺼﻮﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ُﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ُﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻂ ﻳﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺑِﻴﻊ( ﻭﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ـ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ُﻔﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗَﺤﺬﻑ »ﻭﺍﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ« ﻭﺗﻜﺴــﺮ ﺿﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ُﻔ ْﻌــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻣﺒﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭ َﻣﻜﻴﻞ ﻭ َﻣﺴــﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ َﻣ ِﻜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ َﻣﺒِﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ َﻣ ِﺴــﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪z y x w ﴿ :‬‬
‫{ | } ~ ﴾ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪^ ] \ [ Z Y X W﴿ :‬‬
‫_ ` ‪ ﴾ a‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾ ± ° ¯ ® ¬﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪! ﴿ :‬‬
‫" ‪ ﴾ % $ #‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ z y x w ﴿ :‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺼ ًﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ّﻳــ ًﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻐْ َﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﺩﻏﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺩ َﻋﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭ َﺟﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﻧَﺎ(‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺁﺧــﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻮﻭ( ﺑﻮﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﺛﻢ ُﺃﺩﻏﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‪ُ ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺷ ‪‬ﺪ َﺩ ْﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻧ ًﺎ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪْ ُﻋ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮ ُﻧ ‪‬ﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺘِ َﺒ ْﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟ ‪‬ﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.﴾ä ã â á à ß Þ Ý﴿ :‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻐﺖ ﻣــﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻳﺎﺋﻲ )ﻳﻨﺘﻬــﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺷ ‪‬ﺪ َﺩ ْﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻻﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ُﻗ ِﻠ َﺒ ْﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﻛﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪© ¨ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ª‬ﻭ﴿ ‪ ﴾ª‬ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ) ُﻗ ِﻀ َﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻣ ْﻘ ُﻀ ‪‬‬
‫ﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮﺕ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ ) َﻣ ْﻘ ِﻀ ّﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ َﻣ ْﺮ ِﻣ ّﻲ ﻭ َﻣ ْﺴ ِﻌ ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ َﻣ ْﻤ ِﺸ ّﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻳــﻖ َﻣ ْﺠ ِﺮ ‪‬ﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪? > ﴿ :‬‬
‫@ ‪ ،﴾ F E D C B A‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪2 1 ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ 9 8 7 6 5 4 3‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻣﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺃ ْﻛ ِﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ُﻣ ْﻜ َﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺍﻧ ُْﻄ ِﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﻄ َﻠ ٌﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ُﺍ ْﺳ ُﺘ ْﺨ ِﺮﺝ‬
‫ــﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪﴾ s r q ﴿ :‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻓﻬﻮ ُﻣ ْﺴ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾^ ] \ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪﴾I H G F E ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ،﴾ p o n m ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ + * ) ( '﴿ :‬‬
 ‫‪34‬‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ــﻤ َﻲ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ )ﻇﺮﻑ ﻭﺟﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺠــﺮﻭﺭ( ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ــﻢ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ُﻣﻐْ َﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ُﻳ ْﻔ َﻬ ُ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫· ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟــﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺟــﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺑــﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻔﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻲﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﻔ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻣﺴــﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ َﻣ ِﺴ ٌ‬
‫ــﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷــﺒﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪َ :‬ﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨــﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨــﻰ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺑﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺄﺳــﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓِ ْﻌ ٌﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ِﺣ ْﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺫ ْﺑــﺢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ َﻌ ٌﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪m ﴿ :‬‬‫ِ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻨَــﻰ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ َﻣ ْﺠﻨ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﻤﻌﻨــﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ‪َ ،‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾o n‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ،﴾ ; : 9﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ < = > ? @ ﴾ ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪¸ ¶ μ ´.. ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ ¹‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﺒﺲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ( ﻓﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ( ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﻲ« ﻫﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ« ﻓـ)ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫»ﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﺷــﺘﺪّ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳــﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫»ﻣﺤﺘﻞ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﺪّ « ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬ ‫»ﻣﺤﺘﻞ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﺪّ « ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬‫ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻞ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ‪‬ﻴ ُﺰ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ( ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺪّ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ِﻗ َﺒ ِﻞ ﺯﻳﺪ(‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪:É¡àZÉ«°Uh ÉgÉæ©e á¡Ñ°ûªdG áØ°üdG `` 4‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺎﻥ‪....‬‬
 ‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ِﻌﻞ« ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ُﻌﻞ«‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓ ُﺘﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ َﻓ ِﻌ ٌﻞ )ﻓﻴﻤــﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻥ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪َ :‬ﺣ ِﺰ َﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫َﺣ ِﺰ ٌﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺡ ﻓﻬﻮ َﻓ ِﺮ ٌﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌــﻼﺀ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻴــﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﺐ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫َﺳــ ِﻮ َﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺳــﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳــﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺤﻠﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻛﺤﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺤﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ِﻮﺭ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺣــﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻮﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋــ ِﺮﺝ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻋﺮﺝ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ِﻤ َ‬
‫ﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ َﻋ ِﻤ َﻲ َ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ َﻓﻌــﻼﻥ ـ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ )ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠــ ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﺀ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻄﺶ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻄﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻄﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻉ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﻮﻋﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺒﻊ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﺒﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻌﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ )ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُ‬
‫َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ َﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴــﻦ ﻭﺑﻄﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺼــﺎﻥ )ﻋﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ْﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺟﺒﺎﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺷــﺠﺎﻉ ُ‬
‫َﺿﺨﻢ َ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻌﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟــﺪﻭﺍﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳــ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳــﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ )ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻣﺴــﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺘﺰﻥ( ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‪) ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ( »ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻢ«‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﻠﺘﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻓــﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸــﺒﻬﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ( »ﻃﺎﻫﺮ« ﺍﺳــﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻟﻜــﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸــﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‪) ،‬ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺹ ﻭﺃﺷــﺪﻕ( ﻫــﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪) ،‬ﻭﻓﻼﻥ َﻭ ِﻗ ٌﺢ( )ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺻﻴﻐــﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴــﺮﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸــﺘﻘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ ًﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ًﺍ ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ًﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ًﺎ‬
‫ﺴــﻤﺎﻩ ﺃﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻻﺷــﺘﻘﺎﻕ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻡ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ!‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻓﺎﻋﻞ« ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪38‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ )ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺪﻳ ًﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ـ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ـ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤــﺪﻭﺙ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﻴــﺰ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻜــﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸــﺒﻪ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤــﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟــﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴــﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋــﻞ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺒﻬﺔ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒــﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪،﴾ ] \ [ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺿﺎﺋﻖ )ﻣﻦ َﺿ ‪‬ﻴﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﺎﺋﺪ )ﻣﻦ َﺳ ‪‬ﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺎﺋﺐ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ » َﻓ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺳــ ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﻭ َﻣ ‪‬ﻴﺖ ﻭ َﻟ ‪‬ﻴﻦ َ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ» َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻴﻞ ﻭﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻛﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ» َﻓ ْﻌﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ َﺳ ْﻬﻞ ﻭﺻﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻭ»ﻓ ْﻌﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ ِﻣ ْﻠﺢ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﻔــﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ِﺭ ْﺧﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭ» ُﻓ ْﻌﻞ«‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺨﻢ ﻭﻓﺤﻞ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ْﻠﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ّﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺻ ْﻠﺐ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭ»ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ«‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻴﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ )ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ــﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ُﻕ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﺑﻴﺾ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺣ َ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ« ﻋﻠــﻰ »ﻓﻌﻼﺀ« )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺟﺎﺀ ـ ﺑﻴﻀــﺎﺀ ـ ﺣﻮﺭﺍﺀ( ﻷﻥ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ُﻛﺒﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻐﺮ ُﺻﻐﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﺴــﺮﻯ ُﻳﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺴﺮ‬
‫ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ( ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼﺀ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺮ ﺳﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﻤﻰ ﻟﻤﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻘﺮ ﺷﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ« ﻋﻠﻰ »ﻓﻌﻼﺀ« ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ » ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ«‪.‬‬

‫‪:π«°†ØàdG π©aCG `` 5‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺷــﻴﺌﻴﻦ ﺍﺷــﺘﺮﻛﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫﴿ ) * ‪ ،﴾, +‬ﻭ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪Õ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾Ú Ù Ø × Ö‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪\ [ Z Y X ﴿ :‬‬
‫]‪.﴾ ...‬‬
 ‫‪40‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﻈﺘﺎ )ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺷﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺧﻴﺮ« ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ »ﺷــﺮ« ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷــﺮ« ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻤــﺰﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫»ﺃﺧﻴﺮ َ‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻــﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻌﻀﻬــﻢ‪Ù Ø ×﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ Û Ú‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ ﻗــﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪) :‬ﺑــﻼﻝ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨــﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ »ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺷــﺮ« ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ًﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ﴾ / . - ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﴿ ‪.﴾Ä Ã Â‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺻﻮﻍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻃ ًﺎ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑــﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺛﻼﺛﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻳ ًﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻓ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼﺀ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧ ًﺎ( ّ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻔــﻲ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻨ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ(‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻤﺲ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﻮﻍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ »ﻓِ ْﻌﻞٍ « ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ؟‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴــﺘﻮﻓﻴ ًﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻋﻠــﻢ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ُﺮﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﻣــﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺃﺷــﺪ ﻛﺮﻣ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻤ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷــﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴــﺘﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪m l k j i h g﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾q p o n‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜــﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﻰ« ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻚ« ﻭﻳﺼﺢ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻀﺎ ًﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻚ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺻﻮﻍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ؟‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻋﺴــﻰ‬
‫ــﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ُﻳﺼــﺎﻍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺌﺲ ﻭﻧِ ْﻌ َ‬
‫ــﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻠﻚ«؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ » :‬ﻓﻨِ َ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻼﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼﺀ؟‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺼ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼﺀ« ـ ﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﺷــﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷــﺎﻛﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﺎﻕ( ﺛــﻢ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺤ ًﺎ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺷــﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻣ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ« )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ(‪،‬‬
 ‫‪42‬‬

‫ﺃﺭﻕ ﺣﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ« )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺣﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫»ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼﺀ(‪» ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺃﻛﺜــﺮ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤــﺮﻭ« )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫»ﻛﺎﻥ« ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﻨــﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻮﻓﺊ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻻ َﻳﻐْ َﻔﻞ( ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻻ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺴــﺒﻮﻗ ًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤــﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺆﻭ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﺟﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ُﻳ َﻜﺎ َﻓ َﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ُﻳﻐْ َﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ًﺍ )ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪Ö Õ ﴿ :‬‬
‫× ‪ ﴾Ú Ù Ø‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ٌ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻌــﺮﻑ ﺑــﺄﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ ﴾ r q p o ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ! " ‪.﴾' & % $ #‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺜــﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺟــﻞٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ‪.﴾ Z Y X W V‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓــﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪A @ ? >﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ B‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ‪‬ﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﻻﺣﻘ ًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ ـ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻝ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ًﺍ(‬
‫ﻤﻦ«‬ ‫ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﻓــﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭ ًﺍ »ﺑِ ْ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﴿ ) * ‪ ﴾, +‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪C B A @ ? ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ D‬ﻭﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻮﻝ ـ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻼﻡ ـ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺏ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺣﺴــﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷــﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘ ًﺎ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ »ﻣﻦ« ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣ ْﻦ« ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭﻫــﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ِ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺜــﺮ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗــﻊ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴــﻞ ﺧﺒــﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪» ﴾ ( ' &﴿ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ« ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪Õ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾Ú Ù Ø × Ö‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨــﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪﴾ ~ } | ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪﴾Z Y X W V ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻧ ًﺎ ﺑﺄﻝ ﻭﺟﺒــﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ) َﻗ ْﺒ َﻠ ُﻪ( ﻧﻮﻋــ ًﺎ ﻭﻋــﺪﺩ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪K J I H G F ﴿ :‬‬
 ‫‪44‬‬

‫‪ ﴾ L‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴿ :‬ﮯ ¡ ‪ ،﴾¤ £ ¢‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬

‫﴿ ‪ ،﴾ r q p o‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ á à ß Þ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿! " ‪،﴾) ( ' & % $ #‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ »ﻣــﻦ« ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺷــﻌﺮ ﻓﻠﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ِ‬
‫»ﻣ ْﻦ« ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻝ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻣﻦ« ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ‬‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴــﻞ ﻣﻌ ‪‬ﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺑــﺄﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻋﻠــﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳــﺪ« ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫»ﻣ ْﻦ«‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪o ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ »ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠــﻢ« ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ِ‬
‫‪ ،﴾ r q p‬ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ُﻳ َﻌ ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺼﻰ ﻭﺇﻧــﻤــﺎ ﺍﻟــﻌــﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺗ ُْﺬ َﻛ ُﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺝ ـ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﺃﻓﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﻓــﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟــﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻀــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘــﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻋ ًﺎ ﻭﻋــﺪﺩ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﺭﺟﻞٍ ـ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺭﺟــﺎﻝ ـ ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺟﻠﻴــﻦ ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻃﻤﺘــﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺗﻴﻦ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻃﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻓــﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻇﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ًﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ُﻳﺜَﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤــﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻀــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪّ ﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ـ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻓ ًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﺘﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣــﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀــﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤــﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨــﺎﺱ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻃﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻃﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺎﺀ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪> ﴿ :‬‬
‫? @ ‪ ،﴾ B A‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪¢ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾¨ § ¦ ¥ ¤ £‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟــﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺣﺒﻜﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻳﻒ‪) :‬ﺃﻻ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺴــ ًﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺳــﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗ ًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃــﺆﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﻨﺎﻓ ًﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺛﺒــﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻓﻘــﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻀــﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺯﻳــﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺼــﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾ e d c ﴿ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻟِﻢ ﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪= ﴿ :‬‬
‫> ? @ ‪ ﴾ E D C B A‬ﺃﻱ‪َ :‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻴ ٌ‬
‫ــﻦ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪46‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﺳــﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺴــﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨــﻰ ﻟﻨــﺎ‬

‫ﺑــﻴــﺘــ ًﺎ ﺩﻋـــﺎﺋـــﻤـــﻪ ﺃﻋــــﺰ ﻭﺃﻃــــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ( ﻭ ُﻳ َﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ »ﻣﺎ َﺃ ْﻓ َﻌ َﻠ ُﻪ!« َ‬
‫ﻭ»ﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌ ْﻞ ﺑﻪ!« ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ــﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ! ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ َﺃ َﺟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،﴾ c b a ` ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺃ ْﻛ ِﺮ ْﻡ ﺑﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻛ ِﺮ ْﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮ ٍﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.﴾ Ù Ø × ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺷــﻲﺀ ﻣــﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻌ ْﻞ ﺑﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗــﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳــﻴﺘﻴﻦ )ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸــﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» ،!﴾ ° ¯ ® ﴿ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﺲ ﺣﻴ ًﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻴﺘ ًﺎ«!‪» ،‬ﷲ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﺭﺳ ًﺎ«!‪» ،‬ﻋﺠﺒ ًﺎ ﻟﻚ«!‪،‬‬
‫»ﻳﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ«!‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎﺵ ﻭﺇﻛﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺛﻼﺛﻴ ًﺎ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ( ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻓ ًﺎ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ(‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ )ﻏﻴــﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ( ﻗﺎﺑ ً‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔــﺎﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﻨﻴ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ )ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻴــﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﻓﻌﻼﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‪ !،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺰ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻡ!‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ!‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺏ »ﻣــﺎ« ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺷــﻲﺀ ﻋﻈﻴــﻢ‪» ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ«‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ )ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﺒﺮ »ﻣﺎ« ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ! »ﻓﻤﺎ« ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳــﻦ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﺒﺮ »ﻣــﺎ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻤﻠﺔ )ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﺳــﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ »ﻣﺎ« ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ »ﺻﻴﻐﺔ َﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌ ْﻞ ﺑﻪ« )ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺽ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫َ»ﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌ ْﻞ« ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ َﻣ َﺤ ‪‬ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪»َ :‬ﺃﻛ ِﺮ ْﻡ ﺑﺰﻳــﺪ« َ‬
‫)ﻓﺄ ْﻛ ِﺮ ْﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺽ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺻــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ َ‬
‫»ﻛ ُﺮﻡ ﺯﻳــﺪٌ « ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ُﺟ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﺘﻘﺪّ ﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪) ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) ﴾ Ù Ø × ﴿ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺑﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪48‬‬

‫ﺃﻛْــــﺮِﻡ ﺑــﻘــﻮﻡ ﺭﺳــــﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗــﻔــﺮﻗــﺖ ﺍﻷﻫــــﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻊ‬

‫‪:¿ÉeõdG º°SGh ¿ÉμªdG º°SG `` 6‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﺼﻮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣــﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﻙ‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻐﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸــﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪2 1 0 / ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ 3‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ـ ‪ ،﴾ n m l k j ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ½ ¾ ¿ ‪،﴾ Æ Å Ä Ã Â Á À‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ ..Ð Ï Î Í Ì Ë ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﺼﻮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣــﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪،﴾ è ç æ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺎ ًﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪u ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ x w v‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪¸ ¶ μ ´ ³ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ » º ¹‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾ É È Ç ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ½ ¾ ¿ ‪ ،﴾ Á À‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ 5 4 3 2 ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻫﺬﺍ َﻣ ْﻨ ِﺰﻝ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﺪﺓ؟«‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻝ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ )ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻣــ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ(‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺭﺳــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺎﻫﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺬﺃﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﺄﺳﺪﺓ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺽ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻵﺳﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ )ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴــﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠــﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻐ ِﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨــ ِﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀ ِﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺒِــﺲ‪) ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﺲ( ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗُﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺛِــﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻮ ِﺭﺩ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﻋﺪ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﺻﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﻴﻞ ﻭ َﻣ ِﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻀﻴﻖ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ« ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻣ ِﺴــﻴﻞ ﻭ َﻣ ِﻌﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻤ ِﺴــﻴﻞ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻣ ْﺴﻴِﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ«‪َ ،‬‬
 ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﻧ ُِﻘ َﻠ ْﺖ ﻛﺴــﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘــﻞ(‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ َﻣ ِﺴــﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻴﻘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻀﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨــﺪﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻀﻴﻖ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻣﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻐﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﻄﺊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺳــﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄــﻖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ » َﻣ ْﻌــ ِﺮﺽ« ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ــﺮﺽ( ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺑــﺪﺃ َﻣ ْﻌ َﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟــﺮﺍﺀ ) َﻣ ْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺽ َﻳ ْﻌ ِﺮﺽ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ » َﻣ ْﻌ ِﺮﺽ« ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫)ﻋ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺼ َﻴﻒ )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﻄﺌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺳــﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟــﻰ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﻒ »ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩ«( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪» :‬ﺻﺎﻑ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪:‬‬
‫َﻳ ِﺼﻴﻒ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ َﻳ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻄﺌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺘ َﺤــﻒ« ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋــﻲ »ﺃﺗﺤﻒ« ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ »ﺳــﻨﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ َ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺘ َﺤﻒ« ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼــﻮﺍﺏ ُ‬
‫»ﺃﺗﺤﻒ« ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ )ﺗﺤﻒ( ﻳﻘــﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺤﻔﻪ ﺑﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﺤﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻜــﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧــﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻄﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ) َﻣ ْﺘ َﺤﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ)ﻣ ْﺘ َﺤﻒ( ﻓﻜﺄﻥ َ‬
‫) َﻣ ْﺘﺤﻒ( ُ‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻀﻤﻮ ِﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻣ ْﺨ َﺮﺝ‪َ ،‬ﻣﺪْ ﺧَ ﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺄﺧَ ــﺬ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘــﺐ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﺮ َﺻﺪ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﺦ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻘ َﻌﺪ‪ْ ،‬‬
‫َ‬
‫»ﻳﺨﺮﺝ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺻﺪ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜ ُﺘﺐ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﺒﺦ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ« )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳــﻌﻰ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺄﻭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﻤﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ َﻣﻐْ َﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭ َﻣ ْﺮ َﺑﺎﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ َﻣ ْﺮ َﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ َ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪْ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ َﻣﺸْ ﻔﻰ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪k j ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ َﻣ ْﻠ َﻬﻰ ِ‬
‫‪ ﴾ n m l‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪¦ ¥ ¤ £ ¢ ﴿ :‬‬
‫§ ¨ © ﴾ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ ê é è ç ﴿ :‬‬

‫· ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤــﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌــﻞ« )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻔﺘــﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ« )ﺑﻔﺘــﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻣ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻌ َﻬﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﺮﺗَﻊ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﺬ َﺑﺢ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ َﻳ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻬﺪ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻬﺪُ ﻭﻧﻬﻞ ﻳ ْﻨ َﻬ ُﻞ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺗ ََﻊ ﻳﺮﺗ َُﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺑﺢ َﻳ ْﺬ َﺑ ُﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺐ َﻳ ْﻠ َﻌ ُﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪52‬‬

‫»ﻧـــﺪﻡ ﺍﻟــﺒــﻐــﺎﺓ َﻭﻻﺕ ﺳــﺎﻋــﺔ ﻣﻨﺪﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺧﻴــﻢ«‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐــﻲ َﻣ ْﺮﺗَــﻊ ﻣﺒﺘﻐﻴــﻪ‬

‫· ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺷ ‪‬ﺬﺕ‬‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻲﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻜﺴــﺮﻩ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻣ ْﻔ ِﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪َ :‬ﻣﺸْ ــ ِﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﺒِﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﻭ َﻣ ْﺤﺸﺮ ﻭ َﻣ ِﻈﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭ َﻣﻐْ ِﺮﺏ ﻭ َﻣ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ ﻭ َﻣ ْﻨ ِﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴــﻘﻂ‪) .‬ﻭﺑﻌــﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ )ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ُﻳ ْﺒﺪَ ﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋــﺔ ﻣﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣــﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻣ َﻘ ‪‬ﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻨ َﺼ َﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ َﺩﻉ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻠ َﺘ ًﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺪً ﻯ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫﴿ ´ ‪ ﴾ ¹ ¸ ¶ μ‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‪B A @ ? ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ ..G F E D C‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪،﴾ - , + ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻻ« ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪َ » ﴾ 5 4 3 2 ﴿ :‬ﻓ ُﻤ ْﻨــﺰ ً‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤــﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﻣﻴﻤﻴــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺘﻠﺘﺒﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻬــﻢ َﺻ ‪‬ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻲ« ﻓـ »ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ« ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ًﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ« )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ًﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻴﻤﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ« )ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣــﻜﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺴــﺎ ًﺀ« )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤــﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗــﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺻﺒــﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺀ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ »ﻓﻲ« ﺑﺎﻃﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪،﴾ N M L K ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤــﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺸــﺘﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ َﻳــ ِﺮ َﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻀﻄﺒــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻤــﺎ ﺑِﻨَﻰ ﺻﺮﻓﻴــﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴــﺎ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺤﻮﻳــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻌﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺭﻳــﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑﻴــﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ‪﴾ B A @ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪﴾ ..G F E D C B A @ ? ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ،﴾ è ç æ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﻣﻮﻋﺪُ ﻧﺎ ﻏﺪ ًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺒﺎﺣ ًﺎ«‪.‬‬
 ‫‪54‬‬

‫‪:IôªdG º°SG `` 7‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ« )ﺑﻔﺘــﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺖ َﺟ ْﻠ َﺴ ًﺔ ﻭﻭﻗﻔﺖ َﻭ ْﻗ َﻔ ًﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺖ َﺭ ْﻛ َﻌ ًﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ َﺟ ْﻮ َﻟ ًﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼــﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻨــﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ُﺩ ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ »ﺑﻮﺍﺣــﺪﺓ« ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﺀ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺳــ ّﻠﻢ ﺗﺴــﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻟﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻣ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ـ‬
‫ُﺩ ّﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ »ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ« ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺍﺳــﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪:áÄ«¡dG º°SG `` 8‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫»ﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ« )ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔــﺎﺀ( ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺸــﻰ ِﻣﺸْ ــﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ِﺟ ْﻠﺴــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺿــﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻒ ِﻭ ْﻗ َﻔــ َﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻌــﺪ ِﻗ ْﻌﺪَ َﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺘ َﻠ َﺔ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﺑﺤﺘﻢ ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻨﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﮊ ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺘﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﺄﺣﺴــﻨﻮﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬ ْﺑ َﺤ َﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ُﺩ ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻬﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧِﺸْ ﺪَ ًﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻧِﺸــﺪَ َﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜ ُﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻱ ِﺧ ْﺒ َﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ِﺧ ْﺒﺮﺓ ُ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ـ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ـ ‪.﴾ { z y x ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺷــﺬ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻤــﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤــﺮﺃﺓ ِﺧ ْﻤــﺮﺓ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻘﻨﺖ ﺍﺭﺗــﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ِﻋ ّﻤﺔ )ﻭﺿﻊ‬‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﺒﺖ ﻧِ ْﻘ َﺒ ٍﺔ )ﺃﺣﺴﻨﺖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺏ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳــﻪ ﻭﺿﻌ ًﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﺒﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫· ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺠ ْﻠ َﺴــ ْﺔ ﻭﻓ ِ ْﻌﻠــﺔ ﻟﻬﻴﺌــﺔ ﻛﺠِ ْﻠ َﺴــ ْﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻓ ْﻌﻠــﺔ ﻟﻤــﺮﺓ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺨ ْﻤ َﺮ ْﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮ ْﺓ ﻭﺷــﺬ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ُ :‬ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ْﻌﻠﺔ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫َﺟ ْﻠ َﺴــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫»ﻓ ْﻌﻠﺔ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِﺟ ْﻠﺴــﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
 ‫‪56‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺬ ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ِﺧ ْﻤﺮﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻤﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺒﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺒﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺩ َﻛ ْﺒ َﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﺎﺭ ٍﻡ ﻧ َْﺒ َﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ َﻫ ْﻔﻮﺓ( ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫)ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺏ َﺳ ْﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ C B A @ ? > ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫)ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﻣــﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ( ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ َ‬
‫)ﻛﺒﻮﺓ ـ ﻧَﺒﻮﺓ ـ َﻫﻔﻮﺓ ـ ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ـ َﺳﻜﺘﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘ ْﺘ َﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﺑﺤﺘﻢ ﻓﺄﺣﺴــﻨﻮﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬ ْﺑ َﺤﺔ(‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺘﻠﺘﻢ َﻓ َﺄ ْﺣ ِﺴــﻨﻮﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟــﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ { z y x ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻚ‪) :‬ﻋﺎﺵ ِﻋﻴﺸــ َﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ِﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺭ ِﺳ َ‬
‫ﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺫ ْﺑ َﺤﺔ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻴ َﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻘﻴــﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ِ :‬‬
‫)ﻗ ْﺘ َﻠــﺔ ِ‬
‫»ﻓ ْﻌﻠﺔ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ــﻴﺮﺓ( ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻴﺘﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻴﺸــﺔ ِ‬‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪‬‬

‫‪:ádB’G º°SG `` 9‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﺮ َﻭﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ــﺮﻁ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ َﻘ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﺒ َﺮﺩ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﺜ َﻘ َﻠﺔ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﺸْ َ‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ــﻴﻒ‪َ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺟﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺷ ْ‬ ‫ــﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬‬

‫ــﻮﻛﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺳ ْ‬ ‫َﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ٍ‬
‫ﺁﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻓ ُﺘ ‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﺸــﺘﻖ‪) :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫َﻭ َﻳ ِﺮ ُﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺤــﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼــﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻔﻌﺎﻝ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻔ َﻌ َﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪) :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺴــﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫)ﺭ ْﻣﺢ‪ِ ،‬ﺩ ْﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻢ‪ِ ،‬ﻓ ْﺮ َﺟﺎﺭ »ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻤﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺟﺔ َﺑ ْﺮ َﺟﻞ«‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺟﺎﺯﻫﺎ َ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗــ ‪‬ﺮ َﻣ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴــﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ )ﻏﻴــﺮ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ( ﻫﻲ‪َ :‬ﻓ ‪‬ﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ ) :‬ﺛ ‪‬ﻼﺟﺔ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻣﻔﻌﺎﻝ ِ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ِﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ ِ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻃــﺔ( ﻭﻓِ َﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ِ :‬‬
‫)ﺣ َﺰﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ــﺮﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧَ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻃ ‪‬ﻴــﺎﺭﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻃﺤ‪ ‬ﺎﻧﺔ‪ّ ،‬‬‫َﻓ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺧ َﻴﺎﻁ )ﻟﻺﺑﺮﺓ((‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺳﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗ َﻤﺎﻁ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟِ َﺤﺎﻑ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺳــﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺭﺣﺔ )ﻟﻠﻌﻀﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺴــﺎﻥ(( ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺷﺎﻛﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻗﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻃﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻋﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
 ‫‪58‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺷــﺎﺫﺓ ﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻟﻔــﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ( ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ــﻌﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻨﺨﻞ )ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ‬ ‫ُﻣ ْﻨ ُﺨﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ ْﻜ ُﺤﻠﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ ْﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ُﻣ ْﺴ ُﻌﻂ )ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧــﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒــﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻜ ُﺤﻠﺔ )ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺘﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺸــﻮﻕ( ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻜ َﺤ َﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ِﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ( ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﺴ َﻘﻂ ِ‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ـ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ« ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪ ~ ﴿ :‬ﮯ ¡‬ ‫»ﻣﺸﻜﺎﺓ ِ‬‫ِ‬
‫‪ ،﴾ £ ¢‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪» :‬ﻣﻜﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ« ﻛﻤــﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴــﺄﺓ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﻨ َ‬
‫﴿ ‪ ،﴾ K J I H‬ﻭﻣﺜــﻞ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻈﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻳــﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣــﻪ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪،﴾ Ö Õ Ô Ó Ò Ñ Ð Ï Î ﴿ :‬‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻁ« )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻃﺔ ﻛﺎﻹﺑــﺮﺓ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ــﻢ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪َ ،﴾ o n m l k j ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫‪59‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫َﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺺ‪ ،‬ﻧ ّ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻗ ّ‬
‫ﺺ« ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺺ ِ‬
‫»ﻣ َﻘ ّ‬ ‫ُﻣﺪْ َﻏ َﻤ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ َﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ــﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ »ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫َــﺶ«‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻘ َﺼﺺ ﻣﺜــﻞ ِﻣ ْﺒ َﺮﺩ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸْ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﺴﻄﺮﺓ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﺜ َﻘ َﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ»ﻣﻨِ ‪‬ﺸﺔ« ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ِﻣ ْﻨ َﺸ َﺸﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻠﻌﻘﺔ ِ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺘــﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ( ُﻗ ِﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ْﺒﺮﺍﺓ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬــﺎ ِﻣ ْﺒ َﺮ َﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﺔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠــﻢ ِ‬‫ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺮ َﺃ َﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ِﻣﺴــﻄﺮﺓ(‪» ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ« )ﺃﺻﻠﻬــﺎ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ْﻜﻨَﺴﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﺴ َﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﻨ َﻘ َﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤ ْﻔ َﻌ َﻠﺔ( ﻣﺜﻞ ِ‬
‫ِ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺳــﻴﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳــﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﺪَ ّﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻭﺗﻔﻌ َﻠ ّﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪَ ‪‬ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﻌ َﻠ ّﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻋــﺎﻥ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ ﻣﻌ ًﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪T S R Q P O ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ W V U‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
 ‫‪60‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻥ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ــﺖ ُﻣ ‪‬ﺘﻴﻤــ ًﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺇﻥ َﺭﺣ ْﻤ َ‬‫ــﻌﺪُ ﻙَ ْ‬
‫ــﻦ َﺳ ْ‬
‫َﺩ َﺍﻣ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟــﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤــﺮﺀ ُﻳ ْﺼﻠ ُﺤــ ُﻪ ﺍﻟْ َﺠﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻴــﺲ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌــﻞ ﻣﺎ َﺳــ ‪‬ﻮﻍ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿــﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻧﺼﺮ ْﻥ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺼﺮ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧ ُْﺼ َﺮ ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﺎﻋﺪَ ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺪَ ْﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ــﻦ ﻭﺍ ْﻗﺼﺪﻧْﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﻛﻴــﺪٌ ﺑﻨﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻛ ُﻨﻮﻧَــﻲ ِ َ‬
‫ﺍﺫﻫﺒ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﺑ ًﺎ ﻟﻘﺴــﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴــﻢ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻣﺴــﺘﻘﺒ ً‬
‫﴿ ‪ ،﴾ Ñ Ð Ï Î Í Ì Ë‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪J ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾M L K‬ﻭﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ُ‬
‫ﻷ ْﺧ ِﻠ َﺼــﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺑـﺬ َﻟ ّﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬـﺪﻱ ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴــﻢ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻷﺟﻌ َﻠــﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺒـــ ًﺔ ﷲ‬
‫ـ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ـ ‪.‬‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪﺓ ﺑـ»ﻣﺎ«‬ ‫ْ‬
‫»ﻹﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺷﺮﻃ ًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠــﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟــﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻛــﺪ ًﺍ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪h g f e d c b ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳــﻢ ﺇﻻ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ i‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ،﴾ ...+ * ) ( ' & ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪l ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ q p o n m‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻃﻠﺐ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠـﻮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺟـﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘـﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻟِ َﺘ ْﻨ ُﺼ َﺮ ‪‬ﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪،﴾ Î Í Ì Ë Ê É È ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻄ َﻔ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻜﻴﻦ؟«‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﺗﻘﻮ ُﻟ ّﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﺳﺤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺮﻭﻥ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ‪.﴾ u t s r q p o n m l k j‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻘﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻘﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ »ﻻ« ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﻨـﺎﻓ َﻘ ّﻦ ﺃﺣــﺪ ًﺍ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨـﻪ ﻗﻮﻟــﻪ‬ ‫»ﺃﻧـﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺬ َﺑ ّﻦ ﻓـﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪،﴾ Ê É È Ç Æ Å Ä Ã ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺍﻧــﺖ ﻻ ﺗَﻔﻌ َﻠ ّﻦ ﻣﻨﻜــﺮ ًﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗَﻘﺮ َﺑ ّﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﻀــﺐ ﺍﷲ؛ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺄﺻﺤﺒ ‪‬ﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻋﺪ ‪‬ﻧﻚ«‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫»ﺑﺈﻥ«‬ ‫ــﺒﻖْ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ »ﻣﺎ« ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗ ُْﺴ َ‬
‫»ﺑﻌ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭ َﻳ ‪‬ﻨﻚ َﻫﻬﻨﺎ )ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬
 ‫‪62‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺗﺬﻫﺒ ّﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ــﻦ َﺃﺯُ ْﺭ َﻙ ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤــﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻴﻤ ّ‬ ‫ﻛﺄﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴــﻚ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤــﺎ َ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺣﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗــﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻌــﺪ »ﻟﻢ« ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪٌ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻤ ّﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ِﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟــﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺭﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻌﻤﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫــﻞ ﻣــﺎ ﻟــﻢ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻤــﺎ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺴــﺒﻪ‬
‫ـﻤــﺎ‬ ‫ﺳـ ِ‬ ‫ﺷــﻴــﺨـ ًﺎ ﻋــﻠــﻰ ُﻛـ ِ‬
‫ـﻤـ َ‬
‫ـﻌـ ‪‬‬
‫ــﻴـــﻪ ُﻣـ َ‬
‫ــﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﺎ« ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ »ﻟﻢ«‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻤﻦ‪ُ ، ‬ﻗ ِﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻥ )ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ »ﻳﻌﻠﻤﺎ« ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺷــﺮﻁ ﻏﻴﺮ »ﺇﻣــﺎ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﺼ ّﻦ ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻡ«‪،‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻕ(‪» ،‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ّﻥ ﺑﺠﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬــﺎﺩ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ــﻦ ﻣﻨﻬــﻢ ﻓﻠﻴــﺲ ﺑﺂﻳــﺐ‬ ‫ﻣــﻦ ﻳﺜ َﻘ َﻔ ْ‬
‫ــﻞ ﺑﻨــﻲ ﻗﺘﻴﺒــ َﺔ ﺷــﺎﻓﻲ‬‫ﺃﺑــﺪ ًﺍ ﻭ َﻗ ْﺘ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﻳﺜﻘﻒ« ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ » َﻣ ْﻦ« ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑ ًﺎ ﻟﻘﺴــﻢ‪،‬‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴــﺘﻮﻑ ﺷــﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ )ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﺑ ًﺎ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺼﻮ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ ًﺍ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻ ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳــﻢ‪ ﴾ W V U T ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ ْﺮ ُﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ«‪.‬‬
‫»ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ُ‬

‫‪:¿ƒædÉH ó«cƒàdG ™e hCG ó«cƒJ ¿hO ∫É©aC’G »a OÉæ°SE’G‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺃ ‪‬ﻛﺪَ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺄﻣ َﺮ ‪‬ﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻠ َﺴــﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺿــﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬‫ُﻓ َ‬
‫ــﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﺘ ْﻘ ِﻀ َﻴــﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺪﻋ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻚ ﺑﻌﻤــﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺮﺿ َﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻧَﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻬﻴﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺩﻋــﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ــﺮ ‪‬ﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪،‬‬
‫»ﻣ َ‬‫ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﻌ َﻠﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺪﺣ ًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺀ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴــﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ُﻓﺘِ َﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ )ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ( ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ــﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻠﺴ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺴــﻌﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﺸﻴ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪64‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻞ ﺗﺬﺍﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ؟‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ َﺗ ْﻨ َﻬ ْﻮ َﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜــﺮ؟‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﺳــﺤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ(؟‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪¿ ¾ ½ ¼ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪﴾À‬؟!‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ »ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨــﻮﻥ ُﺣ ِﺬ َﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ــﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒــﻞ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗ َْﻤ ُﺸــﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻭﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﻐﺰﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ َﻭ َﻳ ْﺮ ُﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺘﻤﺸــﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻐﺰﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﻮﻥ( ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﺧــﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ )ﺗ َْﻌ ُﻔﻮﻥ ﻭ َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌــﻮﻥ( ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴــﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴــﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤــﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻔﻌــﻞ ‪‬‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻬﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺷــﺄﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﺪﻳﻦ ﷲ ﺷﻜﺮ ًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻴﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌ ّﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻳﺤــﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺖ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﻭﻳﻜﺴــﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺃﻧ ِ‬
‫ْــﺖ ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗَﻐْ ِﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳــﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺮ ِﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﺸﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ــﻌ ْﻴﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳــﻼﻣﻚ ﺷــﺎﻣﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻀﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺮ َﺿ ْﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻨﻌــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ـ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ )ﺍﻷﻟﻒ( ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻔ َﺘ ُﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧـﺖ ﺗ َْﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﷲ( ﻗـﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ َﻳ ْﺨﺸﻮﻥ َ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ ..¼ » º ¹ ¸ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ‪ ﴾ k j i h g‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺖ َ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺿ ْﻴ ّﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺗ َْﺴ َﻌ ْﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ(‪.‬‬
 ‫‪66‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ( ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺼ ُﺮ ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ؟ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪S ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ُ‬
‫‪ ﴾ Y X W V U T‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳــﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﮊ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﺗ ‪ُ‬ﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﺘﺒﻌ ُﺜ ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴــﺘﻴﻘﻈﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﺘﺴــﺄ ُﻟ ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷــﻴﺌﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟــﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ( ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴــﻤﻌ ّﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ؟‪،‬‬ ‫ــﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻘ َﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ؟‬‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻠﻦ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻘﻮﻟِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺤﻖ؟‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻐﺰﻭ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋــﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷــﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜــﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ( ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟــﺰﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﻳﻐــﺰﻭ« ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺩﻟﻴ ً‬

‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻐﺰ ‪‬ﻥ ـ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤــﺬﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ـ ﻭﻫــﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭ َﻳ ْﺠ ُﺮ ‪‬ﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ــﻤ ّﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ ْﺮ ّ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌ ّﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ َﻳ ْﻘ ُﻀ ّ‬
‫ــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ ْﺮ ُﺟ ّﻦ‪َ ،‬ﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ّﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ ْﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷــﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪) :‬ﻧــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜــﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋــﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫»ﻳﻐﺰﻭ« ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ( ﺃﻭ )ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ُ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗَﻐْ ِﺰ ‪‬ﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻫﻮ َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌﻦ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠ ِﺮ ّﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬‫ــﻤﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﺗ َْﺮ ِﻣ ّﻦ ْ‬ ‫َﻓﺘﻐْ ِﺰ ‪‬ﻥ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ » َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ ّﻦ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗَﺪْ ِﻋ ّﻦ ْ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﻣــﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﻼﻣــ ًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒــﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ( ﻓﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴ ً‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻛﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ُﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪) :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪68‬‬

‫ﻭﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺴــﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺴــﺮ ﺩﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗَﺪْ ِﻋ ّﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺮ ِﻣ ّﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺗ َْﻤ ِﺸ ّﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺍﺣﺒﻚ؟‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﺬ ُﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ُ‬
‫ُﻀ ‪‬ﻢ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪َ » :‬ﻟ ُﺘ ْﺒ َﻠ ُﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ــﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺗ َ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴــﻌ ُﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ«‬‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻔﺴــﻜﻢ« ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪»َ :‬ﺃ ْﻧ ُﺘﻢ ﺗ َْﺨ ُﺸ ّ‬
‫ــﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺰﻭ ‪‬ﻥ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻇﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪َ ) :‬ﻟ ُﺘ ْﺠ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻠﻘﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ــﻌ ُﻮ ‪‬ﻥ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴ َ‬‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪َ ) :‬ﻟ ْ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣ ًﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺷــﻴﺌﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ )ﺍﻷﻟﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ُْﻜ َﺴ ُ‬
‫ــﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴــﺔ‪ْ ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗ َْﺴ َﻌﻴِ ّﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﺨﺸﻴِ ّﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪& ﴿ :‬‬
‫' ( ) * ‪2 1 0 / . - , +‬‬
‫‪.﴾ 3‬‬
‫‪69‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﺗَﺪْ ُﻋ َ‬
‫ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺗّﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗَﺪْ ُﻋ َ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟــﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴــﻦ‪» ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻥ« )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﺗ ْﻔ ُﻌﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘــﻦ ﺗَﺪْ ُﻋ ْﻮ َﻥ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻻﻡ‬ ‫َﺗ ْﻔ ُﻌ ْﻠ َﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮﻩ( ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻨــﺎ )ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋﻮﻥَ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ‪‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋﻮﻥَ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻮﻥ )ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ »ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ْﻮ َﻥ« )ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺯﻥ »ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋﻮﻥ« ) َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺎﺀ » َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ْﻮ َﻥ« ) َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌ ْﻠﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺩﺍ ُﺓ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ » َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ْﻮ َﻥ« ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫» َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ْﻮ َﻥ« ﻓﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪Á À ¿ ¾ ½ ¼ » º ... ﴿ :‬‬
 ‫‪70‬‬

‫‪ ،﴾ Ê É È Ç ÆÅ Ä Ã Â‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪5 ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ 9 8 7 6‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧــﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻦ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺍﺗﺤﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﺳــﻨﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺖ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣــﺎ »ﺃﻧﺘﻦ َﺗ ْﻘ َﻀ ْﻴ َﻦ« ﻓﻮﺯﻧﻪ‬ ‫»ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ« ﻓﻮﺯﻧﻪ ) َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ َ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣــﺎ ِ‬
‫ــﻦ( ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤــﺪﺙ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺙ ﺣــﺬﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺎﺀ‬ ‫) َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ ْﻠ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻓﻘــﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨــﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ »ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ« ﻣﺴــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ »ﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ« ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴــﻦ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔــﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ‪‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤــﻖ« )ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴــﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫»ﺃﻧﺖ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀ َ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋــﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻓﻌ ًﺎ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻥ‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ« ﻳــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺣــﺮﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ »ﺍﻧﺘﻦ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀ َ‬
‫ﻴــﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ«‬
‫)ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗَﻘﻀﻴﻦ«‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻭﺯﻥ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻘﻀﻴﻦ« ) َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ ْﻠ َﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﻳﻘﻮﻝ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ »ﻗﺎﻝ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺃﺻﺒــﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫» ُﻗ ْﻠ َﻦ« ﻣﺜـــــﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴــﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ُﻗ ْﻠ َﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺜـﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫» ُﻗ ْﻞ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ » ُﻗ ْﻠ َ‬
‫ــﻦ« ً‬
‫) ُﻗ ْﻠ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ( ﻓﺘﺘﺸــﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟ َﻔ ْﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴــﻜﻮﻥ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺑﻴــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣــﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﻣــﺮ َﺑ ْﻴﺪَ ﺃﻥ ﺷــﻜــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺣــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴــﻦ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ُﺣ ِﺬ َﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷــﻲﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫــﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻴــﺖ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴــﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺟــﺐ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻻﻟﺘﺒﺴﺖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛــﻢ ﻧ ُْﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺸــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻧﻜﺴــﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﺸــﺒﻴﻬ ًﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺴﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ‬‫ﻭﺗﺴــﻤﻌ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ‬‫ﺗ َْﺠ ِﻠ َﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ«‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪* ) ( ' & % ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ +‬‬
 ‫‪72‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ‪:﴾ + * ) ( ' & % ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾' & ﴿ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺰﻡ ﺑﻼ )ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟــﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺟــﺐ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ )ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺗﺸــﺒﻴﻬ ًﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺰﻭﻡ »ﺑــﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ« ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﺰﻣﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴــﻜﻮﻥ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻓــﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻻ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟــﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴــﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧــﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺒﻘــﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ ﻭﺗﺸﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟِ ْ‬
‫ﺘﺮ ُﺟ َﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟِﺘ ْﻘ ِﻀ َﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻟِﺘﺪْ ُﻋ َﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ )ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺸﻰ(‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ُ‬

‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻛ َــﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ُﺗ ْﻘ َﻠ ُﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﻒ ﻓــﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﺗ َْﺮ َﺿ َﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ــﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜــﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺨﺸــﻴ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ــﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪،‬‬‫ﻭ َﺗ ْﻨ َﻬ َﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻓــﺖ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴــﺮﺕ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬ ًﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻟــﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻴــﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺤﺬﻑ ﺷــﻴﺌ ًﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤ ْﻌﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫َﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻠ ْﺴــﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫َﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣ ْﺮﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺘﻦ ُ‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﺑﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ــﻌﺪْ ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤــﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻓﺘَﺪْ ُﺧ ْﻠﻨ ‪‬‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﺟﻨــﺔ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺴ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺤــﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺟــﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗــﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺗ ْﻘ ِﻀﻴﻨ ‪‬‬
‫َﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﺗَﺪْ ُﻋﻮﻧ ‪‬‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻨﻬ ْﻴﻨ ‪‬‬
‫َﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ َ‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺗ َْﺴ َﻌ ْﻴﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻜﻦ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ َﻟ ُﻜﻦ‪.« ‬‬ ‫ّ‬
 ‫‪74‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟــﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻤــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻬﻤــﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓــﺮﺍﺭ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻄﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍ ْﻓ َﻬ ْﻤ ْ‬
‫ﻨــﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻬﻤ ْ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻀﻄﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ؟‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺍ ِ ْﻓ َﻬ َﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪) ،‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴــﻢ( ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ْﺍ َ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤ ّﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻓ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗ َْﺮﻛ ََﻊ َﻳ ْﻮﻣ ًﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪ْ ‬ﻫ ُﺮ َﻗﺪْ َﺭ َﻓ َﻌ ْﻪ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺃَ ْﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ َﻋ ّﻠ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗُ ِﻬ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻷﺻــﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻬﻴﻨَﻦ‪ ( ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴــﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﻣﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺿﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ َﺣ َﺬﻓ ْﺘ َﻬﺎ َﻭ َﺭ ّﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺟــﺎﻝ ْﺍﻛ ُﺘ ُﺒ ّﻦ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﺎ ُﺓ ﺍﻛﺘﺒِ ّﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟ ْﻌ َﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺬﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺸــﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳــﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻲ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌــﻞ ﻣﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻌﻦ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫َﻗ َﻠ ْﺒ َﺖ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ْ‬
‫)ﻟﻨﺴــ َﻔ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻬﻤ ّﻦ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ )ﺍﻓﻬﻤ ًﺎ( ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ِﻗ َﻔ ّﻦ‬
‫)ﻟﻨﺴــﻔﻌ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ )ﻗﻔ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻟﻔــ ًﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒ َﻘﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻴــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴــﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻠﺒــﺔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌــﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﻣﺪّ ﻭﺭ ّﺩ ﻭ َﻓﺮ« ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩ ًﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻚ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻪ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ُﺧ ْﻠ ًﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳــﻨﺎﺩ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ َﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ(‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗ َُﻤ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ َﻣ ‪‬ﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻼﻥ َﻣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟــﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪76‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﺗﻤــﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻏﻤ ًﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺒــﻞ« ﻓﻼ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴــﻨﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧــﺖ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻏﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ُﻳ َﻔ ‪‬ﻜﺎﻥ ُﻣ ْﻄ َﻠ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻞ َ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣــﺪ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓــﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﻛﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋــﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﺴــﻮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺐ ﻓﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﺤﻮ » َﻣﺪّ « ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫َﻣﺪَ ْﺩ ُﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ َﻣﺪَ ْﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒـﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺕ َﻣـﺪَ ْﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ v u t s r ﴿ :‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‪> = ﴿ :‬‬
‫? @‪ ﴾ ..‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ + * ) ( ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ّ :‬‬
‫»ﻫﻼ‬
‫َﺷ َﻘ ْﻘ َﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ«؟!‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮﻩ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺳ َﻌ ْﺖ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻗ َﻀ ْﺖ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺩ َﻋ ْﺖ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺳ َﻤ ْﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻀــﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤـﻖ ﻭ َﻳ ْﺴ َﻌ ْﻮ َﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ )ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ـ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ـ ﻳﺴــﻌﻰ( ُﺣ ِﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﻣﻬﺎ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧــﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌــﺎﻝ » َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌﻮﻥ« ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻲ‪» ،‬ﻭ َﻳ ْﻔ َﻌ ْﻮ َﻥ« ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫) َﻳ ْﺴ َﻌ ْﻮ َﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﺸــﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴــﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ« ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﺗ ْﻔ ِﻌ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻦ »ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺳﺄﻝ«‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻦ )ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺳﺄﻝ( ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫»ﻣ ْﺮ ﻣﻦ ِﻗ َﺒﻠــﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟــﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫»ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺴــﺒﻊ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪$ # " ! ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ ،﴾ ( ' & %‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬‬
‫»ﺳــﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ«‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ¡ ‪ ،﴾ ¥ ¤ £ ¢‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪± ° ¯ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ μ ´ ³ ²‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪،﴾ ..n m l k j ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ )ﺃﺧــﺬ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ( ﻓﺘﺤﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻬﻤــﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ ،﴾ p o n m l k j ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﻜﻜﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪،﴾ , + * ) ﴿ :‬‬
‫»ﺳﻞ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻞ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻋ ْﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺬ ُ‬
‫)ﻣﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ُ‬
‫َﻓ ْﻞ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪78‬‬

‫‪:»KÓãdG ∞©°†e »a ΩÉZOE’Gh ∂ØdG‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﻌﻔ ًﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴــ ًﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻋ ًﺎ ﻣﺠﺰﻭﻣ ًﺎ ﺟﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺩ ْﺩ ﺳــﺎﺋ ً‬
‫ﻼ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ )ﻭﻟﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔــﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺳــﺎﺋ ً‬
‫»ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺸــﻖّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﺪﻙ« )ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗَﺸــ ُﻘﻖْ (‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪o ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ y x w v u t s r q p‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‬
‫ـ ﺳــﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ـ ‪،﴾ o n m l k j i h ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺟﻞ ﺷــﺄﻧﻪ ـ ‪ ﴾ - , + * ) ( ' ﴿ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀــ ًﺎ‪ ~ } | { z y x ﴿ :‬ﮯ ﴾‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺰﻭﻡ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ،﴾ ..d c b a ` ﴿ :‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺾ ﻃﺮﻓﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﻏ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻏﻀﺾ ﻃﺮﻓﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪ß Þ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ à‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ـﻤـ ْـﻴــﺮ ٍ‬ ‫َﻓــﻐ ‪‬‬
‫ُــﺾ ﺍﻟــﻄــﺮﻑ ﺇﻧـــﻚ ﻣــﻦ ﻧُـ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻓــﻼ ﻛــﻌــﺒ ـ ًﺎ ﺑــﻠــﻐــﺖ ﻭﻻ ﻛـ َ‬
‫ــﻼﺑـــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻳﻒ‪) :‬ﻓ ِ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺬﻭﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ِ :‬‬
‫»ﺍﻓﺮ ْﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺬﻭﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ«‪..‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ‬
‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ )ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻦ«‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ » :‬ﻓ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻓ ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗ َِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﺟﻠﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺒﻜ ‪‬ﺮﺕ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪:∫ÓàY’Gh áë°üdG ø«H π©ØdG‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ »ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺧﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻤﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣــﺪ ﺃﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠــﺔ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻰ َﺣﺮ َﻓﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ )ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﺧﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺮﻓــﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤــﻮﺯ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺣﺮﻓــﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺳــﺄﻝ ﻭﻗﺮﺃ ﻭﻣﻸ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪّ ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﺪّ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺷــﺪّ ‪َ ،‬‬
 ‫‪80‬‬

‫ــﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺴــﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ‪‬ﺮ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﻀﻌــﻒ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣــﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺘﺸــﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ ) :‬ﻣﺪّ ‪َ ،‬ﻋﺪّ ‪َ ،‬ﺣ ّﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫َﻣ ّﺮ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻀﻌﻒ ﺭﺑﺎﻋــﻲ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓــﺎﺅﻩ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﺧــﺮ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻪ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺸــﺎﺑﻬﻴﻦ )ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﻪ( ﻣﻦ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺯﻟﺰﻝ ﻭﻋﺴﻌﺲ ﻭﺩﻣﺪﻡ ﻭﻗﻠﻘﻞ ﻭﺑﻠﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺅﻩ )ﺃﻭﻟﻪ( ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﻭﻋﻆ ﻭﺛﻖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﺛﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺙ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺟﻢ ﻭﻟﻎ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻫﺐ‪ (...‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻭﺭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺌﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ َﺴ َﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﻤﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫)ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺴــﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ( ﻭ َﻳ َﻌ َﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺰ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺣﺖ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺜﺎ ً‬
‫‪81‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻄﻪ( ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ــﻤﻲ َﺃ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪َ ‬‬‫ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺟﻮﻓﻪ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﻴﻨﻪ( ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﻠﻮ ﺟﻮﻓﻪ‬
‫ــﻂ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ َﺃ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﻻ َﻭ َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ َﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺃﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ )ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﻭﺳــﻄﻪ؛ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻗﻢ‪ُ ،‬ﻋﺪْ ‪ ،‬ﺑِ ْﻊ‪ِ ،‬ﺻﺪْ ‪ِ ،‬ﻛ ْﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﺳ ْﺮ(‪.‬‬‫ﺑﺨ ُﻠ ّﻮ ﺟﻮﻓﻪ‪ُ :‬ﻗ ْﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﺻ ْﻢ‪ْ ،‬‬‫ُ‬

‫ﺝ ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻﻣﻪ )ﺁﺧﺮﻩ( ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ــﻤ َﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺼ ًﺎ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧــﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻭ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﺩﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺰﺍ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ)ﻗﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸــﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘــﻲ( ﻓﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷ َﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴــﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴــﺘﺔ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺗــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ُﻳ َﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻰ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﺎﻗﺼ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ـ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺎﺅﻩ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠــﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ( ﻭ َﻓ َﺮ َﻕ‬ ‫ْ‬
 ‫‪82‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﻰ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﻋﻰ‬‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﻤﻲ ﻟﻔﻴﻔ ًﺎ ﻷﻥ َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ‪‬‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻰ( ُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ‪‬‬‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﻗ ًﺎ ﻷﻥ َ‬
‫ْ‬

‫ﻫـ ـ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻭﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ(‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ َﺣﺮ َﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ــﻤﻲ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧ ًﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫)ﻋ َﻮﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻛ َﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧ ََﻮﻯ‪َ ،‬ﺷ َﻮﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻫ َﻮﻯ(‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ــﻤﻲ ﻟﻔﻴﻔ ًﺎ ﻷﻥ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﺎﻭﺭ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮﻧﺎ َﻭ َﻭ َﺭ َﺩﺍ ﻣﺘﺠﺎ ِﻭ َﺭ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺍ ًﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﺑﺌﺲ ﻭﻋﺴــﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻂ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﺻﻴﺎﺣ ًﺎ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻛـ» َﻳ ِﻬ ُ‬
‫ــﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ْﺍﻋ َﻠ ْﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻫ ْﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ــﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺩ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻫ ُﻠ ‪‬ﻢ )ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻗﺒِ ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ًﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜ ً‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺮﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣــﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ــﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻢ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻠ ُﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ــﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧ َْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗ َْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟِ ٌ‬
‫)ﻋ ِﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃ ْﻋ َﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬
‫ُﻋ ُﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ُﻳﺆﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻗــﺺ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺡ ﻳﺒﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺊ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻔﻚ ﻳﻨﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺷﻚ ُﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻮﺷ ُﻚ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻــﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻡ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧــﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﺏ )ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴــﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﺒﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭ»ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﺑﺌــﺲ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﻠﻮﻟــﻖ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﺎﺀ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺒــﺬﺍ« )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤــﺪﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼ ﻭﻋﺪﺍ ﻭﺣﺎﺷــﺎ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺃﻧﺸﺄ ﻭﺷــﺮﻉ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﺯﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻫ ْﺐ‬
‫ﺛﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻗــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻫ ُﻠ ‪‬ﻢ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻝ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠ ْﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ْﺍﻋ َﻠ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ُﻇﻦ‪،( ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪84‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴــﻂ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﺼﻴــﺢ ﺻﻴﺎﺣ ًﺎ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ » َﻳ ِﻬ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺿــﻲ )ﻫﺎﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ »ﻫﻂ« ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣــﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﺣــﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐــﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻴﻂ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻫـ ﻱ ﻁ( ﻗــﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻁ ﻓﻼﻥ َﻫ ْﻴﻄ ًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫َﺿ ‪‬ﺞ ﻭﺃﺟﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ؟‬

‫ُﻳﺼــﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺰﻳــﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺐ َﻳ ْﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸــﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪَ ﺍ َﻳ ْﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻼ ﻳ ْﺘﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﻰ َﻳ ْﻘﻀﻲ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃ ْﻤﺄﻥ ُﻳ َﻄ ْﻤﺌِ ُﻦ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻭ ‪‬ﻟﻰ ُﻳ َﻮ ‪‬ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ُﻳ َﻌ ّ ِﻠ ُﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ُﻳ َﻘﺎﺗﻞ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺴــﻜﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﻮﻍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ؟‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻀــﺎﺭﻉ )ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺣــﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ــﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻴﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺰﻭﻡ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗ ُْﺠ َﺘ َﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻟﻢ ْ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘ ْﻔﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖْ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺘــﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍ ِ ْﺳــ َﺘ ْﻔ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳ ْﻨﻄﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ْ‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻳﻜ ‪‬ﻠ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ َ‬

‫ﻳﺠ ‪‬ﺮ ْﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌ ‪‬ﻮ ْﺩ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻛ ُﺘ ْﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻟﻢ ُﻳ َﺴــﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﻠﻤﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺮ ُﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺗ ََﻌ ‪‬ﻮ ُﺩﻭﺍ( ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)ﺳﺎﻓ ُﺮﻭﺍ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌــﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻳﻊ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ َﺔ(‪) ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﺃ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ)ﺗﻌﻠ َﻢ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺗﻼ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻲ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒــﺄ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﺔ‪) :‬ﺗﻼ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺮﺃ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ُﺣ ِ‬
‫ــﺬﻑ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﺮﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﻤﻲ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐ ‪‬ﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ‪‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴــﻪ‪ُ :‬ﻓﺘِﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﺴــﺮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪) ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ُ :‬ﻳ ْﻜ ُ‬
‫ﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ُﻳ ْﺒﻨَﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ؟‬

‫ﻭﻛ ِﺴﺮ‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺛﻼﺛ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ُﺿ ّﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴــﻪ‪ُ :‬ﺣ ِﻔ َﻆ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧــﺮﻩ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺣ ِﻔ َ‬
‫ــﻆ‬
 ‫‪86‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔــﻮﻕ )ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ُﺃ ْﻛ ِﺮ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔ ‪‬ﻮ ُﻕ( ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪:‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ( ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫﴿ ‪.﴾ w v u t s r q p o‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ( ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻧﻜﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ( )ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ( )ﻭﺻﻴﻢ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻧﻘﻠــﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺑِ َ‬
‫ﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ( ﻭﺃﺟــﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ( ِ‬
‫)ﻭﻛ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ُ ) :‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺷــﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺣﺮﻛــﺔ َ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ ِ‬
‫)ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴــﺮ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺟــﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺷﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭﻱ( ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪،‬‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺑﻨِﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴــﺮ ﻣــﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻠــﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ‬‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻴ ًﺎ ُﺿ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴــﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ُﺩ ِﻋ َﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻛﻔﺮﺗﻢ( ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫)ﺩ ِﻋ َﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ِﻤ َﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ُﻏ ِﺰﻱ‪ُ ،‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻔ َﺘ ُﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬــﻮﻝ ُﻳ ‪‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺮﻡ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﻔ ُﻆ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻘ َﺮ ُﺃ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﻳ ْﻔ َﺘ ُﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﺘ َﺮ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭ ُﻳ َﺴ ‪‬ﻠ ُﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ َﺃ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺅﻩ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ‪ ،﴾ { z y x w v u t s r ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺗُﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ ) :‬ﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺯﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ( ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ ) :‬ﻳ ْﺴ َﺘ َﻔﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ( ﻓﻔﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﺟ َﻮﻑ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷــﺪ َﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯُ ِﻛ َﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣ ُﺘ ِﻀﺮ َ‪ْ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿ ُﻄ ‪‬ﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ــﻬﺪ‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺍ ْﺳ ُﺘﺸْ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻦ‪ُ ، ‬‬ ‫ُﻋﻨِ َﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯُ ِﻫ َﻲ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏ ‪‬ﻢ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗ ُُﻮ ‪‬ﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﻋ ً‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﻋ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴــﺒﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﺸــﻲﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺫﻫــﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪88‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺸــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻠﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻨﺼﺒﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴــﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻔﻌﻮ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺤﻤــﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﻧﺼﺢ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ ﻣﺴــﺎﻓﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴــﺒﺖ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻴــﺎ ﻏﺎﺋﺒ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﻌــﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﻟــﺪ ًﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪَ ﺛﺖ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺄﺕ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ًﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ )ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ( ﻗﻮﻳ ًﺎ )ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻳ ًﺎ( ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻫﻤــﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴــﺒﻖ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻤـﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧـﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﷲ ُﺣ ْﺰﻧَﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻚ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ Ï Î Í Ì Ë ﴿ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪\ [ Z ﴿ :‬‬
‫] ^ _ ` ﴾‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻳﺆﺗَﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ(‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫)ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺎ َﻳ ْﺮ ُﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ًﺍ( ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ(‬
‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻌــﺪﻭ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪) :‬ﻧﺎﺯﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌــﺪﻭ‪ (‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺸــﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ )ﻭﺳــﻄﻪ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻓﺮﺡ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ« ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫» َﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ْﺣﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ًﺍ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺘــﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ« ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺐ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪» :‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ« ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻧــﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪َ :‬ﻧ ‪‬ﺰ ْﻟ ُﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭ َﻟﻌ ْ‪‬ﺒ ُﺘﻪ ﻭﺧ ‪‬ﺮﺟﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ )ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ(‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺮﺃ ُﺕ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺳــﺘﺤﻠﻔﻚ ﺑﺎﷲ‪) :‬ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨــﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪) :‬ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ـ ﺳــﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻔــﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺳــﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳــﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟــﻼﺯﻡ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳــﺘﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋــﺎﺀ ﻣﺸــﻔﻮﻋ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼــﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒــﻜﺎﺀ(‪،‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﻬﻀﺖ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ(‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺪﺕ ﻓــﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺪّ ﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴ َﻤ َﻦ(؛‬
‫ــﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻃﻠﻊ ﺑِﺸْ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻣﺜﻠــﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ« ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ُﺿ ‪‬ﻤ َﻦ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﻃﻠﻊ« ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻃﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﻓﻨﺼــﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ‪) :‬ﺭﺣﺒﺘﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ(‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﺑﻠﻎ« ‪‬‬
 ‫‪90‬‬

‫»ﺭﺣ َﺒ ْﺖ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬

‫ﻓـ»ﺭ ُﺣ َﺐ« ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻜﻢ«‪َ ،‬‬
‫ــﻊ« ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌــﺪﻱ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪Å Ä ﴿ :‬‬ ‫»ﻭ ِﺳ َ‬ ‫ُﺿ ‪‬ﻤ َ‬
‫ــﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ َ‬
‫‪ ﴾ Ç Æ‬ـ ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﻣﺜﻠـﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌـﻮﻝ ﺑـــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨـﻪ ﻗﻮﻟـﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪ ﴾ \ [ Z Y ﴿ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻨــﻮﻭﺍ‪َ » ،‬ﻓ َﻌ َﺰ َﻡ«‬
‫ُﺿ ‪‬ﻤ َﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ »ﻧ ََﻮﻯ« ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪.﴾ L K J I H G F E D ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳــﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋ ًﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺑﺤــﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠــﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻓ ُﻴ ْﻨ َﺼ ُﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠــﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﺴﺖ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺔ( ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ــﺎﺭ ﻭﻟـــﻢ َﺗــﻌــﻮﺟــﻮﺍ‬
‫ــﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـــﺪﻳـ َ‬
‫ــﻤـ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗـ ُ‬
‫ـــﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋــﻠــﻲ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺣـ ُ‬‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛــﻼﻣــﻜــﻤــﻮ‬
‫ُ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ« ﻓﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُﺼ ِ‬
‫ﺒﺖ‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ ﻧ ِ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌ ًﺎ ﻭﺳــﻤﺎﻋ ًﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪﴾ ± ° ¯ ® ¬ « ﴿ :‬‬
‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ »ﻣﻦ« ﻧﺼﺐ »ﻗﻮﻣﻪ« )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ( ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ َﻳــ ِﺮ ُﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫»ﺍﻧﻔﻌــﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠــﻖ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻓــﻊ‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤــﻊ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺘﻞ‪،‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻞ«‬ ‫ﻭﺣ ُﺴ َﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺮﻑ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﻡ ُ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻑ ُ‬ ‫»ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌﻞ« )ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺯْ َﻣ َﻬ ّﺮ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷــﻤﺄ ‪‬ﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺸــﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﻔﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺗﺠﻤﻌــﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺮﻧﻘﻊ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ــﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺮﻧﺠﻤــﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ»ﺍ ْﻓ َﻌ ْﻨ َﻠ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ُﻳ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﻟِﻠﻼﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ُﺒ َﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺠ َﻊ َ‬‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳــﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻄﺮﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻃﺎﻝ ﻭ َﻗ ُﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮ َﻑ ﻭﻛﺮﻡ‪ُ ،‬‬‫ُ‬
‫ــﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺴــﺎﺥ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻃ ُﻬ َ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺆَ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺩ‪،‬‬‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﻀﺮ‬‫ﻭﺯﻛﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ِﻤﺶ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ ِﺮﺝ ﺯﻳﺪ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻝ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺸﺖ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺽ ﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻧَﺸ َﻂ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜــﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺳــﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪92‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻄﺎﻭﻋﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸــﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻼﺟﻴ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ـ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋـﺔ‬
‫ـ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﻀﻌﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺤــﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺘﺢ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻤﺄﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﺎﻃﻤــﺄﻥ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺜﺮﺕ‬
‫ــﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺜــﺮ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﻛﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻓﺎﻧﻜﺴــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺣﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﺪﺣﺮﺟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺯﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻓﺎﻧﺰﺍﺡ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﺜ َﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻔــ ًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪^ ] ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ُﺿ ‪‬ﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫_ ` ‪ ﴾ a‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌــﻞ )ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ(‬
‫»ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ« ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻓ َﻘ ُﺼ َﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ًﺍ ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ُﻌ َﻞ« ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ َﺣ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ«‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫»ﻋ ِﻠ َﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ُﻌﻞ« ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ!(‪ ،‬ﺗﺤ ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ َﻋ َﺮ َﻓ ُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪َ :‬ﻋ ُﻠ َﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﻞ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭ»ﺿﺮﺏ« )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺴﻰ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ َﻓ ُﻬ َﻢ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ!(‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ!( ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ُْﻀ ِﻌ ُﻒ ﻋﻤــﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪﴾ Ð Ï Î Í ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻣ ًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﻌﺒﺮﻭﻥ )ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻩ« )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺮﻫــﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳــﻢ‪﴾ c b a ` ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤ َﻠﻜﻢ« ﺑﻨﺼﺐ »ﻋﻤﻠﻜــﻢ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ‬‫ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻪ‪» :‬ﺃﻧــﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻓ َﻘ ُﺼ َﺮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪:IOÉjõdG ±ôMCG »fÉ©e‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒــﺎﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺮ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤــﺮﺍﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺤﺮ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣ َﺼ َﺮ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺴــﻰ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﺎﺀ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ(‪ْ ،‬‬
 ‫‪94‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺠﺪ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﺠﺪ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻘﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ‪) :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻳ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ــﺮ َﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺣﺰﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺰﻧﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻜﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ‪) :‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻟﺖ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺘﻪ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺷــﻜﻮﺍﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪) :‬ﺃﺯﻟﺖ ﻋﺠﻤﺘﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟ َﻘ ْﺴــﻂ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ َﻋﺪَ ﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻔﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ‪) :‬ﺃﺯﺍﻝ ﺷﻔﺎﺀﻩ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮﺿﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺃﺷــﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻤــﻜﺎﻥ«‪) :‬ﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺠﺮﻩ(‪» ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ«‪) :‬ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻇﺒﺎﺅﻩ( )ﻭﺁﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ(‪» :‬ﻛﺜﺮﺕ‬
‫ُﺃ ُﺳ ُ‬
‫ﻮﺩﻩ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺮﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺒﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ًﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻛﺮﻳﻤــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺨﻠﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺗــﻪ ﺑﺨﻴ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻧ ًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ـ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳــﺾ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﺭﻫﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘــﺎﻉ( ﻋ ‪‬ﺮﺿﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﻫــﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ َﺑ ْﻌ ُﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ َﺓ ﻋﺮﺿﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷــﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺸــﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺃﺛﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴــﺘﺎﻥ«‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺫﺍ ﺛﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﺃﻭﺭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ« ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫· ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ّ :‬‬
‫»ﻛﺬ ْﺑ ُﺖ ﻓﻼﻧ ًﺎ«‪) :‬ﻧﺴــﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻪ‪) :‬ﻧﺴﺒﻪ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ«‪) :‬ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ(‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﻛﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴــﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ » :‬ﻗ ‪‬ﺸ ْ‬
‫ــﺮ ُﺕ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﻗﻠ ْﻤ ُﺖ ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻱ«‪) :‬ﺃﺯﻟﺖ ﻗﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ«‪ :‬ﺃﺯﻟﺖ ﻗﺸﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫»ﻛ ‪‬ﺒﺮ ﻓﻼﻥ«‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪،‬‬‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﻫ ‪‬ﻠﻞ ﻓﻼﻥ«‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇ ٰﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﺒﺢ ﻭﻟ ‪‬ﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬

‫· ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴــﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎ َﻡ« ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺘــﻪ‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ«‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺎﻟﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ــﺮﺍ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻋﻤ ً‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺟﺎ َﻟﺲ ﺯﻳﺪٌ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺷــﻴﺌ ًﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪) :‬ﺟﻌﻠــﻪ ﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺄﺕ ﻋﻠﻴ ًﺎ‪) :‬ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
 ‫‪96‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻛﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻓﺎﻧﻜﺴﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﻗﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺎﺩ( ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﺎﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳــﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﻧﺒــﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺘــﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻤﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺎﺩﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯَ َﻭ ْﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﻧ َْﺰﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ »ﺍ ْﻓﺘﻌﻞ« ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻟــﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ( ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴ ًﺎ‬‫ﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸــﻲﺀ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤــﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻟ َﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﻤﺪٌ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪٌ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺘﻞ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻄﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻠﺖ‪) :‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﻛﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺘﻠﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸــﺠﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐــﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻌﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻬــﺪﺕ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴــﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺎﻋ َﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ َﺗ َﻔ َ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺎﺭﻛﺔ )ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪) ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻏﺒﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻨــﻪ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺗﻐﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﻧــﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺄ )ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻂﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳــﺮﻳﻊ( ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻡ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﺳــﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ »ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ«‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ »ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ«‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺷــﻴﺌ ًﺎ ﻓﺸــﻴﺌ ًﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ )ﺯﺍﺩ ﺷــﻴﺌ ًﺎ ﻓﺸــﻴﺌ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ )ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻴﺌ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﻴﺌ ًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺎﻋ َﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻋﺪﺗُﻪ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َﻓ َ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﺎﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﻌﻞ )ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ »ﺗﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ« ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠــﻒ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟــﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩﺓ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸــﺠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜ ‪‬ﺮﻡ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠ ّﻠﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻫﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
 ‫‪98‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﺴــ ّﻨﻢ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪) :‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻩ ﺳــﻨﺎﻣ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺳﺪ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻩ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓً(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ »ﺗﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ« ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ )ﻭﻫــﻲ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻉ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ َﻓ ‪‬ﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ــﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﺘــﺄﺩ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ ّﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺘﻌ ّﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺠ‪ ‬ﻌﺘﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ‬
‫ﺃ ‪‬ﺩ ْﺑ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺸﺠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬــﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠ ‪‬ﻨﺐ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗــﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﺠ‪ ‬ﺪَ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ؛ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺮﺝ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺛــﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪) :‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﺛﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻠﻢ )ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻪ‬
‫»ﺗﺄﺛﻢ« ﻋﻜﺲ »ﺃﺛِ َﻢ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﺄ ّﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪‬‬

‫· ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ْﻓ َﻌ ‪‬ﻞ )ﺑﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐــﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﻀ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺭﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻉ ﻭﺍ ْﺩ َﻫ ‪‬ﻢ )ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ‪‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋــﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪُ ُﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻴﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﻤــ ‪‬ﺮﺕ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴــﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫)ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺳــﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺑﺸــﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ( ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻮ ‪‬ﺭﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤ َﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤ ًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﻮ ‪‬ﻟﺖ )ﺑﺪﺍ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ َﻮ ُﺭ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻌﻞ )ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻔﻬ َﻢ‬ ‫ﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ »ﺍﻟﻄﻠــﺐ«‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺳــ َﺘ ُ‬
‫)ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺩﻳﺘﻪ‬‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤــﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸــﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺳﺪ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺘﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﺒﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺎﺙ ﺑﺄﺭﺿﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴــﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺛﻮﺭ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﻌــﺮﺏ‪ :‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺴﺮ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺕ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺴﺮ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭ ﻗﻮ ‪‬ﻳﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫· ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻌﻞ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺮﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ )ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺗﻪ ﻛﺮﻳﻤ ًﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﻤﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺗﻪ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤ ًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ )ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻉ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﺳــﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻺﺣــﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺎﻭ َﻋﻨِﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻃ َ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺳــﺘﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪.﴾ G F E D C ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﺳــﺘﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ) َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ ﺃﻭ َﺃ ْﻓ َﻌ َﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻗ ‪‬ﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧِﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﺄﻧﺲ ﺑــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺌﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪َ ،‬‬
 ‫‪100‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻴﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺰﺉ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻬﺰﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺰﻳــﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋــﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺤ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﺟﻤــﺖ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻓﺎﺣﺮﻧﺠﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋــﺬ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻝ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤــﺐ ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺜﺮ )ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪،‬‬‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺇﻣــﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻃﻤــﺄﻥ ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺷــﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﻔﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷــﻤﺄﺯّ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺸــﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻮﻟــﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺸــﻌﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣــﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻌﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓــﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻏﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺷﺠﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪ُ ،‬ﺣ ّﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻝ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺴــﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨــﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺠــﺮﺩ ًﺍ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣــﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣــﺪﺙ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﺗﺐ( ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ )ﺫﺍﺕ( ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ )ﻣﻌﻨﻰ(‪،‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ( ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻞ« ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷــﺨﺺ )ﺫﺍﺕ( ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ )ﻣﻌﻨﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺸــﺘﻖ )ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ( ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻣﺸــﺘﻖ« ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴــﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻨﺪَ َﻓﻊ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﺴــ َﺘ ْﺨ َﺮﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺒﻬﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ْﻜ َ‬
‫ــﺮﻡ ُ‬ ‫)ﻣﻘﺒــﻮﻝ ُ‬
‫)ﺣﺴــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺠﺎﻉ ﻭﻋﻔﻴﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻣ ًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻎ‬ ‫)ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻛﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺒﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ِﺮﺡ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺒﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻏﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺣﻴﻢ‪ِ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨــﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳــﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛــﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ )ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ‬
 ‫‪102‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜﺔ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺒﻴﺾ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ( ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪) ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺒﻴﺾ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻒ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﻧﺚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺘﻒ ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ﻭﺷﻔﺔ ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻳﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ُﻳﺘﻨ ‪‬ﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼــﺪﻍ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜــﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺬﻛــﺮ ًﺍ ﻭﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻹﺑــﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﻳﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴــﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤــﺎ ﻳﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜ ِﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺵ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒِﺪُ‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸــﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻳﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻻ ﻟﻔﻈ ًﺎ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟــﻢ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴــﺚ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﻨﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ُﺫ ‪‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ًﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴــ ًﺎ ﻻ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﻤــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺷــ ‪‬ﺒﺎﻙ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ْﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻪ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺗــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴــﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ )ﺧﺪﻳﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸــﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻔﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬــﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴــﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻋﻠﻴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﻼﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺮﺍﺀ(‪.‬‬
 ‫‪104‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬــﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴــﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ ) :‬ﻟ ْﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻌﺪﻯ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻠﻰ‪ُ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻯ‪ِ ،‬ﺫ ْﻛﺮﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﺼﺔ ﻭﺧﺪﻳﺠﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻔﻴﻔﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺮﻳﻔﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤــﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻔﻴﻔﺎﺕ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺗــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺨﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺨﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﻤﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻼﻡ ﻭﻏﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺅ ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﺗﺪﺧــﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﻭﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳــﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺳــﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻤﺮ ﻭﺛﻤﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨــﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻤﻞ ﻭﻧﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺨﻞ ﻭﻧﺨﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺠﺮ ﻭﺷﺠﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪105‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬــﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﺎﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻘﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻷﻧﺜﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻣﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺌﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ(‪ُ ،‬ﻣ ْﺮ ِﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺻﻒ )ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻧﺲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺿﻌﺔ؟‬

‫ﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺎﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻠﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺗــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺗ َْﺨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳــﻠﻒ ـ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮﺿــﻊ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﺿــﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻳﺢ ﻋﺎﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﻬــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﺋﻀﺔ ﻭﻃﺎﻣﺜﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺼــﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻠﺤﻘﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻃﺎﻣﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺋﺾ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺾ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪, ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ 2 1 0 / . -‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺒﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺿﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻦ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ًﺍ ﻭﺃﻛﺜــﺮ ﺣﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺣﻨﺎﻧ ًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤــﺎﻝ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ّ‬
 ‫‪106‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺬﻫﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻫ َﻤ ٌﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﻓﺪﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪َ ،‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴــﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ ﺟﺮﺣﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﺭﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﺷﺘﺪﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﻛﺘﻔ ًﺎ ﻣﺸﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﺮﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋ ْﻴﻴﻨَﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻴﻦ ُ‬
‫ﻗﻂ )ﻗﻄﻴﻄﺔ( ﺷﻤﺲ )ﺷﻤﻴﺴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺫﻥ ُ)ﺃ َﺫ ْﻳ َﻨ َﺔ( ﻧﺎﺭ )ﻧ َُﻮ ْﻳ َﺮﺓ( ّ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀــ ًﺎ ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻄﻔــﺄﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ ُﺃ ِﻛ َﻠ ْﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻤﺲ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ْﺟﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺷــﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺇﺷــﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴــﺚ )ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ( ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺷــﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺒﺪﻭ ًﺀﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪Ë Ê É È Ç ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪» ﴾ Ì‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨــﺎﺭ« ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜﺔ ﻭﻟﻴــﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴــﺚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ُﻋ ِﺮ َﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧُﻬﺎ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺔ ﺑﺎﺳــﻢ ﺍﻹﺷــﺎﺭﺓ )ﻫﺬﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻــﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ )ﺑﻬــﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪¸ ¶ μ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ÄÃÂÁÀ¿¾½¼»º¹‬‬
‫‪.﴾ Æ Å‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﻤﻴﻴــﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺒﺔ‪ /‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ‪ /‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴــﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ًﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷــﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺛﻤﺮ ﻭﺛﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺷــﺠﺮ ﻭﺷﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺨﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺨﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﻞ ﻭﻧﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﺮ ﻭﺗﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺐ ﻭﻋﻨﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﺗﺴــﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ )ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻛ ْﻢﺀ‬
‫ــﺄﺓ )ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ(‪،‬‬‫ﻭﺟﺒ َ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ْﺐﺀ )ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺣﺪ( َ ْ‬ ‫)ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺣﺪ( ﻭﻛﻤﺄﺓ )ﻟﻠﺠﻤــﻊ(‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻢﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺐﺀ( ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻧَــﻮ ٍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻠﻘﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪108‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﻭﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺟ ّﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺟ ّﺮ َ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘــﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺭﺍ ٍﻭ )ﻟﻤــﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ َﻋ ‪‬ﻼﻣﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴــﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻓﻬ‪‬ﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻴﻐﺔ » َﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎﻝ« ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻮﺿ ًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺟﺤﺎﺟﻴﺢ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗــﺔ ﻭﺟﺤﺎﺟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤــﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟــﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺎﻧﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺴ ّ‬‫ﻟﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻏﺴﺎﺳــﻨﺔ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨــﺎﺫﺭﺓ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ ُﻣ ْﻨ ِ‬
‫ــﺬ ِﺭ ّﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺯﺍﺭﻗــﺔ ﻭﺃﺷــﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ )ﺃﺯﺭﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﻌﺮﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﻘﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫‪109‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺻﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﺠﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺻﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺠﻮﺯ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺟﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺃ ُﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺄﻛﻮﻝ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻛﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﻠﻮﺑــﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻛﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻠﻮﺑــﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ُﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪َ :‬ﺭ ُﻛﻮﺏ َ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﺎﻝ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣﻬﺬﺍﺭ )ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺬﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﺟﻞ ِﻣﻬﺬﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ِﻣ ْﻬ َﺬﺍﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫»ﻣ ْﻔﻌﻴﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣﻌﻄﻴــﺮ )ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﺮ ﻃ ‪‬ﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ( ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺭﺟﻞ ِﻣ ْﻌﻄﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ِﻣ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴﺮ«‪.‬‬
‫»ﻣ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻣﻐﺸــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣــﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫»ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟﻞ ِﻣﻐْ ﺸﻢ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ِﻣﻐْ ﺸﻢ«‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺸﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺜﻨﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ِﻌﻴــﻞ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻔﻌــﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟــﻮﺯﻥ ﻳﺠﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪َ » :‬ﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ » َﻣ ْﻔﻌﻮﻝ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺘﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳــﺒﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟــﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴــﺒﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻟﺤﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻗﺘﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪َ » :‬ﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ« ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ »ﻓﺎﻋﻞ« ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪110‬‬

‫ٌ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟــﻞ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺎ ٌﺓ ﻇﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ؟‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻓﻼﻧ ُﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﻼﻧ ُﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺸــﻔﻰ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻷﺳــﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘــﻮﺭ ﻓﻼﻧ ُﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛــﺮ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺗﻠﺰﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ـ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ _ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ َﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣــﻦ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺖ؛ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ َﻣ ْﺠ َﻤــﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴــﺔ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٧٨‬ﻡ‬
‫َﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤ ًﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺔ ـ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧ ُﺔ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻀﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ »ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻚ« ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟــﻢ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﻴ ًﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺛﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﺘﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺆﺧﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴــﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ُﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺭ ْﺟﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺑﺸْ ﺮﻯ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ْﺒﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪111‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ ْﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ َﻓ َﻌ َﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ َﺑ َﺮ َﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ َﺮ َﻃﻰ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺒ َﻌﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭ َﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺟ ْﺮ َﺣﻰ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﺮ َﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ َْﺠﻮﻯ‪ْ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺒﺎﺭﻯ )ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ُﻓ َﻌﺎ َﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺳــﻜﺎﺭﻯ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳ َﻤﺎﻧﻲ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﻓِ ْﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ِﺫﻛﺮﻯ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿ ْﻴﺰﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧ ‪‬ﻠﻴ َﻔﻰ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺚ(‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓِ ‪‬ﻌﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ِﺣ ‪‬ﺜﻴﺘﻰ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ َﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ‪) : ƒ‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ‪‬ﻠﻴ َﻔﻰ‬
‫ْﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﻭﺷﺆﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ُﻣﺆَ ّ ِﺫﻧ ًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷ ‪‬ﺫﻧ ُ‬‫َ‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ْﻌﻼﺀ« ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺼــﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻤﻌــ ًﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺀ )ﺭﻏﺒــﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ )ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺃﺣﻤــﺮ( ﻭﻫﻄﻼﺀ )ﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺎﺑﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ »ﺃ ْﻓﻌﻼﺀ« )ﺑﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴــﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺿﻤﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ » ُﻓ ْﻌ ُﻠــﻼﺀ« ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻗ ْﺮ ُﻓﺼــﺎﺀ )ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺎﻋﻼﺀ« ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻗﺎﺻﻌﺎﺀ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﻷﺣﺪ َﺑﺎ َﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺮﺑﻮﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﻓِ ْﻌﻠ َﻴﺎﺀ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻛ ْﺒ ِﺮﻳﺎﺀ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻼﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪112‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤــ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﺼــﻮﺭ ًﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻤــﺪﻭﺩ ًﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺻــ ًﺎ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻟــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺷــﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺩ ْﻟﻮ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪:Qƒ°ü≤ªdG º°S’G `` 1‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﺏ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻠﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺭﺑﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻓ َﺘﻰ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨــﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺩﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺸــﻰ(‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ« )ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﻭﻛﺮﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻟــﻒ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺟــ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺧــﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﻣﺖ ﺃﺑﺎﻙ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻟﻴﺴــﺖ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼــﻮﺭ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫‪113‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻯ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ َﻫﻮﻯ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ ُﺘﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ً :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﻰ )ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟِ ْﺤﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪً ﻯ )ﺟﻤﻊ ُﻣﺪْ ﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫ ِﻮ َﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫» َﻓ ِﻌ َﻞ« ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻋ ِﻤ َﻲ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ً ،‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻒ َﺃ َﺳــﻔ ًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ِﻓ َﻌﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ِﻓ ْﻌﻠﺔ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ً :‬‬‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ِ :‬ﻗ َﺮﺏ ﺟﻤﻊ ِﻗ ْﺮ َﺑــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧِ َﻌﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ِﻣ ْﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣــﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺩ ًﻣﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻧِ ْﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ُﻓ َﻌﻞ ﺟﻤــﻊ ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻣﺪً ﻯ ﺟﻤــﻊ ُﻣﺪْ ﻳﺔ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ُ :‬ﺣﺠﺞ ﺟﻤﻊ ُﺣﺠ‪ ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻗ َﺮﺏ ﺟﻤﻊ ُﻗ ْﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ(‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺜﺮﻯ )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺰﻭﻣ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ُﻭﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺳــﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ُ :‬ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻤﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺛ ‪‬ﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻓﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻯ‪،‬‬
‫‪‬ﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ُﻭ ِﺿﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﺭﺿﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﺭﺑﺎ( ُﺭﺩ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ )ﺍﻷﻟــﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺒﻪ ﻭﺟــﺮﻩ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺪﻯ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ( ﺃﺻــﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪114‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨ ََﻴ ْﻴ ِﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ َﻓ َﺘ َﻴ ْﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺪَ َﻳ ْﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻰ‪ُ :‬ﻣﻨ ََﻴ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻥ ُ‬ ‫ُﻫﺪَ ﻳﺎﻥ ُ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ِﺭ َ‬
‫ﺿﻮ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺼــﺎ« ﻓﻤﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪ِ :‬ﺭ َ‬ ‫»ﺭﺿﺎ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺼﻮ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺼﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﺖ ﻳﺎ ًﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼــﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ ُﻗ ِﻠ ْ‬
‫)ﺭ ْﺿ َﻮ َﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻄ َﻴ ْﻴ ِﻦ(‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭ ْﺿ َﻮﻯ َ‬ ‫ُﻣ ْﻌ ًﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ُ :‬‬
‫)ﻣ ْﻌ َﻄ َﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺿ َﻮ َﻳ ْﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ َﺮ َﺩﻯ )ﺑﺮ َﺩ َﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺮ َﺩ َﻳ ْﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳــﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺗﻀــﻰ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺘــﻪ‪) :‬ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻀﻴﻴﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸ َﻔ َﻴ ْﻴ ِﻦ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺮﺿﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺿﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺮﺿﻴﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜ ًﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ُﻳ َ‬
‫)ﻋ َﺼﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﻴــ ًﺎ ُﺭﺩ ِ‬
‫َﻋ َﺼــﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﺭﺿــﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼ ﻋﻠــﻮﺍﺕ‪ُ ،‬ﻣﻨَﻰ ُﻣﻨَﻴــﺎﺕ‪ُ ،‬ﻫﺪَ ﻯ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻒ‬ ‫ُﻫﺪَ ﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻰ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ِ ْﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴ ًﺎ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ ُﻗ ِﻠ َﺒ ِ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻳــﺎ ًﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻈــﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻄــﻰ ﻣﻌﻄﻴــﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺗﺠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺪﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﺪﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫· ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ًﺍ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ َﺟ ْﻤ َﻊ ﻣﺬﻛ ٍﺮ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ُﺣﺬﻓــﺖ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﻭ ُﻓﺘِ َﺢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣــﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ( ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣــﻊ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺘــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄ َﻔ ْﻮ َﻥ( ﻭﻓــﻲ ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﻄ َﻔ ْﻴ َﻦ( ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪M ﴿ :‬‬‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄ َﻔ ْﻴ َﻦ ﻭﻣــﺮﺭﺕ‬ ‫)ﻛﺮﻣﺖ‬
‫‪ ،﴾ Q P O N‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‪ ﴿ :‬ﮯ ¡ ‪£ ¢‬‬
‫َ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﺗﻀ ْﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،﴾ ¤‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺭﺿﺎ‪ِ ) :‬ﺭ َﺿ ْﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻀﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪:OhóªªdG º°S’G `` 2‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻗﺒﻠﻬــﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻳﺸﺎﺀ(؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‪،‬‬
‫)ﻫﺆﻻﺀ( ﻷﻧﻬــﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ــﻮ ٌﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺎﺀ( ﻷﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﻬــﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪) ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻣ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺎﻩ‬ ‫َﻓ َﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒــﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻤﻮﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃ ـ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﺏ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻗﺒﻠﻬــﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟــﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
 ‫‪116‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻭﺀ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻤﺤﻰ ﺍﻧﻤﺤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺪﻯ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺸﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ‬ ‫)ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﺇﻓﻌــﺎﻝ« ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻄــﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻫﺪﺍﺀ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺇﺣﺴــﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ »ﺃﻓﻌﻠﺔ«‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ِ‬
‫»ﻓ َﻌــﺎﻝ« ﺃﻭ » ُﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ« ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺩﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴــﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﺳﻠﺤﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺳﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻗﺒــﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺮﺍﺀ )ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺀ )ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﺍﺀ )ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨﻌﻞ( ﻭﺍﻟ َﻔﺘﺎﺀ )ﺣﺪﺍﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣــﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺻﻨﻌ ًﺎ« ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ َﻔ ْﺮ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻌﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ُﺑ ‪‬ﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺻ ْﻨ َﻌﺎ َﻭﺇ ِ ْﻥ َﻃ َ‬
‫ﺎﻝ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫َــﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻨــﺎﺱ ِ ﺍ ‪‬ﻟــﺬﻱ َﻳ ْﻌﺮِﻓُﻮﻧَــﻪ‬ ‫َﻓ ُﻬ ْ‬

‫ــﻢ َﻣﺜ ُ‬
‫ــﻦ َﺣــﺎﺩِﺙٍ َﻭ َﻗﺪِﻳــﻢ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْﻫ ُ‬
‫ــﻞ ﺍﻟْ َﻮ َﻓــﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻓــﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳــﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ َﻣﺪّ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ُﻳ َﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴ َﻌﻞ ِ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻠ َﻬ ِﺎﺀ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧ َْﻤﺮ ٍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺸﺎﺀ َﻳ ْﻨﺸ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﻓﻲ ْ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻟَ َ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﺪّ ﺍﻟﺸــﺎﻋﺮ )ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺎﺀ( ﻟﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ )ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺭ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺳ ُﻴﻐْﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﺍ ‪‬ﻟﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﻏ َﻨﺎﻙَ َﻋ ‪‬ﻨﻲ َﻓ َﻼ َﻓﻘ ٌْﺮ َﻳــﺪُ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻡ َﻭ َﻻ ﻏ َﻨ ُ‬
‫ﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﻻ ِﻏﻨــﻰ( ﻓﻬﻮ ﺿــﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻤﻨﻌــﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻴــﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِ ْﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪118‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺩﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺎﺀ(‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻨﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻺﻟﺤــﺎﻕ )ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺯﻳــﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﺒﺎﺀ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫َﻋ ْﻠ َﺒــﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻗ َﻮﺑﺎﺀ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ُﻗﻮ َﺑــﻰ( ﻓﺰﻳﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻤــﺰﺓ ﻹﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺽ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪَ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻘ ْﺮ َﻃﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ُﻘﻮ َﺑﺎ ُﺀ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﻤــﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺸــﺎﺀ )ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺇﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻗــﺮﺍﺀ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ُْﻌ َﺮ ُﻑ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﺩﺉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺪﻭﺀ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨــﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺴــﺒﺐ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ــﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬‫ُﺼ َ‬‫ﺗ ْ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠــﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻌــﺪ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪» :‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻼﺀ« ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ْﻌــﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ َﻓ َﻌ َﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻨ ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﺠﺮ‬
‫‪119‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤــﺔ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾ B A @ ? > ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪Ñ Ð ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻋﻘﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ ﴾ Ô Ó Ò‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺳﻮﺩﺍ ُﺀ ﻭﻟﻮﺩ ٌ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ َﺀ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻛﺴﺎﺀ«‬
‫»ﻛ َﺴﺎﻭ« ﻓﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺰﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ( ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻭ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪» :‬ﻛﺴــﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺴــﻮ ﺯﻳﺪ ًﺍ ﺛﻴﺎﺑ ًﺎ«‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ »ﺑﻨــﺎﺀ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺰﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒــﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺎﺀ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﺑﻨﻰ ﻳﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺘــﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺗﺎﻥ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ )ﻛﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ( ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻤﻨــﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ؛ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧ َﺘ ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺷــﺮﻃ ْﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻗﺪ ْ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻃ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤــﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻌ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻟــﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺟــ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
 ‫‪120‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫــﺬﺍ َﻗ ‪‬ﺮ ٌﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺬﺍﻥ َﻗ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻘــﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫َﻗ ‪‬ﺮﺍ َﺀ ْﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺪﻳﺖ ﺑﻘ ‪‬ﺮﺍ َﺀ ْﻳ ِﻦ ﻣﺠﻴﺪَ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺸــﺎﺀﺍﻥ ﻭﺇﻧﺸــﺎ َﺀ ْﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘــﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘــﺪﺍﺀﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ َﺀ ْﻳ ِﻦ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌ ًﺎ ﻭﻧﺼﺒ ًﺎ ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻪ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻤــﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺯﺍﺋــﺪﺓ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘــﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴــﺰﺍﻥ( ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴــﺔ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﺤــﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳــﻌﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﻌﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻧﺠﻼﺀ« ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺠــﻼﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺮﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻴــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻼﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒــﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻴــﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻼﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﻘــﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔــﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺮﺍﺀ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻜ َﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ )ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‬
‫ـ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻋــﺪﻡ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ـ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ َﺑ ‪‬ﻨــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﺑﻨــﺎﺀﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳــﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ َﺑ ‪‬ﻨﺎ َﺀ ْﻳــﻦ ﺃﻭ َﺑ ‪‬ﻨ َ‬
‫ﺎﻭ ْﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺴــﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﺴــﺎﻭ ْﻳ ِﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﻛﺴــﺎﺀﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴــﺎﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷــﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﺴــﺎﺀﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴﺎﺀﻳﻦ ﻷﺷــﺘﺮﻳﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﺴﻨﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫· ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜ ًﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ــﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻪ‪،‬‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﻧ ُِﻈ َ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺗــﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻭ ِﺿ َﻌ ْﺖ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻴﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﺠﻼﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻــﻞ ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺭﺩﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﺍﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺴــﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪:¢Uƒ≤æªdG º°S’G `` 3‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺼﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻱ )ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﺘﻬﺪﻱ( ﻭﻣﻦ َﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺭ ِﺿ َﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ« )ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻲ(؛ »ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﻲ ﻭﻣــﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺄﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﻋــﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺴــﺘﺎ‬
 ‫‪122‬‬

‫ﻇﺒﻲ )ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﺴــﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺑﻼﺯﻣﺘﻴﻦ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻛﺬﻟــﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ْ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺻ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ )ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ( ﺍﻟ ُﺘ ِﺰ َﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ َﻛ ْﺴ ُﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺘ ِﺰ َﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ُ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻏ َﺰﺍ( ﻓﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ‪) :‬ﻫﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﺎ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎ ٍﺯ« ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﻓﺎ ٍﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺵ‪ٍ ،‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺽ‪،‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫»ﻫﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴــﺢ‪:‬‬ ‫)ﺑﺤــﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋــﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻣــﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺷﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ِﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗِﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎ ِﺭﺏ‪،‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ؟‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺑﺄﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬــﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﻓ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺣﻀﺮ ﻗﺎﺿــﻲ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ِﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ًﺍ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﻋﻴ ًﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ْﻣﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﺎﺩ ً‬
‫ﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘــﻮﺹ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺜ ‪‬ﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺿﻴﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦‬ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ًﺎ َﺟ ْﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗُﺤﺬﻑ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ؟‬

‫ﺗُﺤﺬﻑ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﻮﺍ ٍﺭ )ﺳــﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗــﺎﺽ ﻭﻣﺮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻴﺎﻝ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‪ ( ‬ﻭﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍ ٍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺎﻝ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ًﺍ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﺭﻓﻌ ًﺎ ﻭﻧﺼﺒ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻟــﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻣــﺖ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻫــﺆﻻﺀ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻟﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎﺿ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤــﻒ )ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺑﺄﻝ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪¼ » ﴿ :‬‬
‫½ ﴾ ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ،﴾ Ë Ê É È Ç Æ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪a ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ f e d c b‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ , + * ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺟ ْﻤ ُﻌﻪ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆﻧ‪‬ﺜ ًﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ َ‬
‫‪‬ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳــﺎﺅﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺒﺘﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ُﺭﺩ ْ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺩﺍ ٍﻉ‪) ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻋﻴــﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ْ‬
 ‫‪124‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ )ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘــﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳــﺖ ِ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋ َﻴ ْﻴــﻦ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﻴــﻦ( ﻭﻣــﺮﺭﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﻴﻦ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﻋ َﻴ ْﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴــﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺳــﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻋﻴﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻧﺴــﻮ ٌﺓ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫)ﻭﺑِﺪَ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻋ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺯﺍﻗﻬﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ َﺟ ْﻤ َﻊ ﻣﺬﻛ ٍﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ( ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻳــﺎﺅﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ )ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ( ﻭ ُﻳ َﻀ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻴــﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮ )ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ( ﻭ ُﻳ ْﻜ َﺴ ُﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺩﺍﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧــﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴــﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺮ ﻛﺜﻴــﺮ ًﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟــﻰ ـ ‪I H G F E D C B ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ J‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪.﴾ c b a ` ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧــﺚ ﺍﺳــﻤ ًﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴــ ًﺎ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻏﻴــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ُﻣ َﻀﻌ ِ‪‬ﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪»َ :‬ﺃ ْﻛ َﻠﺔ« ﻭﺟﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤــﻊ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻴــﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ( ﻓﻴﻘــﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫َﺃ َﻛﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ َﺑ ْﺴﻤﺔ‪َ :‬ﺑ َﺴ َﻤﺎﺕ )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺇﺳﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪َ :‬ﺭ َﻛﻌﺎﺕ )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻑ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ْ‬
‫‪125‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨــﻰ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴــﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴــ ًﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳــﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﻀﻌﻔ ًﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻏ ْﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨــﻪ )ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴــﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ِ :‬ﺣ ْﻜﻤﺔ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ِﻜﻤﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻏ ْﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﻜﻤﺔ ِ‬‫ﻭﺣ ْﺠ َﺮﺓ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪ِ :‬ﺣ ْﻜﻤﺔ ِ‬
‫ﻭ ُﻗﺪْ َﺭﺓ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺠ َﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ُﺠ َﺮﺓ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ْﺠﺮﺓ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻏ ُﺮﻓﺔ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻏ َﺮﻓﺔ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪» :‬ﻗﺎﻝ« ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‪َ » :‬ﻗ َﻮ َﻝ«‬‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ َ»ﺃ َﻋ ّﻞ«؛ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳــﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻲ( ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟــﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫) َﺑ َﻴ َﻊ( ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻴــﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ِ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ِﻣ ْﻮﺯﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺭ ِﺿ َﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﺭ ِﺿ َﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ِﻛﺴﺎﻭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠــﻪ ﻭﺇﺑﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ َّﺼ َﻞ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ْﺍﻭﺗ ََﺼﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﻏﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻄﺒــﺮ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺻﺘﺒﺮ( ُﺃ ْﺑ ِﺪ َﻟ ِﺖ‬
 ‫‪126‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ـ ﻭﻫــﻲ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ـ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻃﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻌﻆ ﻭﺍﺗﺴــﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩ‪‬ﻛﺮ ﻭﺍ ّﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ُﺃ ْﺑ ِﺪﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺑﺪﺍ ًﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ َ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﺴــﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣــﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫»ﺻ َﻮ َﻡ« ﻭﺑــﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ » َﺑ َﻴ َﻊ«‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻟﻔــ ًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭ ِﺿ َﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﺭ ِﺿ َﻮ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫»ﻣ ْﻮﻋﺎﺩ« ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺴــﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﺮ ﻛﺴــﺮ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺇ ِ ْﺛﺮ َﻛﺴــ ٍﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫َ ْ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳ َﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻳ ُﻘ ْﻮﻡ )ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺳــﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺳــﻜﻮﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ( ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻳ ْﻘ ُﻮﻡ )ﺑﺘﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺿﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻳ ُﺼ ْﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ َﻳ ُﻌ ْﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳﺒِ ْﻴ ُﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻳ ِﻜ ْﻴ ُﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓــﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪127‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻟﺴــﺒﺐ ﺻﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﺤــﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺣــﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﻗ ْﻞ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ُﻗ ْﻮ ْﻝ( ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ــﻊ( ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﺘــﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ــﻊ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ْﺑﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺳــﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑِ ْ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻟﻢ َﻳ ُﻘ ْﻢ« ﺃﺻﻠﻪ )ﻟﻢ َﻳ ْﻘ ُﻮ ْﻡ( ﺛــﻢ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼــﺎﺭ )ﻟﻢ َﻳ ُﻘ ْﻮ ْﻡ( ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﺳــﺎﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺤﺬﻓــﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ َﻳ ُﻌﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗ َُﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ َﻳ ِﺴ ْﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ َﻳ ِﻜﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﻊ«‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﻟﻢ ُ‬‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﺾ‬ ‫»ﺍﺩﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ )ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻊ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺾ ﻭﻟﻢ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷ َﻭﻝ ُﺣ ِﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺻﺮﻓــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛــﺔ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺣ ِﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻝ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺻﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﺎ َﺀ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣ ٍﺮ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺑﺸــﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻭﻋــﺪ َﻳ ِﻌﺪُ ِﻋﺪْ (‬
‫ﺻ ْﻞ( ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻭﺛﻖ َﻳﺜِ ُﻖ ﺛِــﻖْ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻭﻋﻆ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻳﺼــﻞ ِ‬
 ‫‪128‬‬

‫ﻋﻆ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻆ ْ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪‬ﺗﻴ َﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻳﺴــﻤﻰ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﺴــﺒﺐ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺑﻴــﻦ َﻋﺪُ ﻭ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴــﺮ ﻓﻮﻋﻆ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ »ﻳﻌﻆ« ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻳ ْﻮ ِﻋﻆ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﺜِ ُﻖ‬
‫ﻭ َﻳ ِﻌﺪُ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺿ ْﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧ َُﺴﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻟ ُﻘـﻮﺍ(‬
‫ــﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﺸ ْﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫)ﺳﻘﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺩ َﻋ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤــﺎﻋـﺔ ﻧﺤـﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺬﻓــﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‪َ » :‬ﻓ َﻌ ْﻮﺍ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻻﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻓ ُﻌــﻮﺍ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ُ‬
‫ــﻌ ْﺖ ﻭ َﺩ َﻋ ْﺖ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸ ْﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﻣﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻨﺪ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺴ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ َﻳ ْﻔ َﻌ ْﻮ َﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺗ ْﻔ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻳ ْﺴ َﻌ َ‬
‫ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ْ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻜﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ )ﺑﺎﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫»ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻪ َﻳﺪْ ُﻋ ُﻮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻳ ْﻔ ُﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫)ﻳﻨﺼ ُﺮ‬
‫ــﻜ َﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺨﺮ ُﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳــﺘﺜﻘﺎﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻓﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ــﻤ َﻲ ﺇﻋﻼ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴــﻜﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ )ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ َﻓ ُﺴ ‪‬‬
‫‪129‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ َﻳ ْﻘ ِﻀﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ َﻳ ْﻘ ِﻀ ُﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » َﻳ ْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ــﺲ ﻭ َﻳ ْﻀ ِﺮ ُﺏ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻟﺜﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﺴــﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻋﻼﻝ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﺠ ِﻠ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄ ّﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﻄﺮﻓﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ( ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻫﻤــﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎﺀ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ُﺩ َﻋﺎﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴــﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ِﻛ َﺴــﺎﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﺩﻋﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻟﺘﻄﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﺮ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋــﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺎﺀ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ(‬
‫ﻭﻇ َﺒﺎﺀ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ِﻇ َﺒﺎﻱ( ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤــﺰﺓ ﻟﻮﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ـ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨ ًﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨ ًﺎ ﻻﺳــﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ ِﻓ ْﻌﻞ ُﺃ ِﻋ ‪‬ﻠ ْﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪،‬‬‫ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺋــﻞ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺎ ِﻭﻝ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ُﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺋــﻊ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻊ( ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ُﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗ َُﻌ ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻼ ﺗ َُﻌ ّﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ِ :‬ﻋﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﻴِ َﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴِﺪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻭﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳِﻦ‪َ ،‬ﻏﺎﻳِﺪ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
 ‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺩ ـ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻞ ُﻗﻠﺒﺘﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ًﺍ ﺛﺎﻟﺜ ًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﺠﻮﺯ َﺟ ْﻤ ُﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻋﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ )ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ )ﺻﺤﺎﻳﻒ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺇﻟــﻰ )ﺻﺤﺎﺋﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺩﺓ )ﻗﻼﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻼﺋﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻞ ﺷــﺮﻁ ﻟــﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫َﻗ ْﺴ َﻮ َﺭﺓ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ( ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺭ‪) ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺴﺎﺋﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺔ‬
‫)ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺶ(‪) ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﺋﺶ(؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺴــﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ »ﻋﺎﺵ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻋﻴﺸ ًﺎ«‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻟــﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳــﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣــﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺁﻣﻦ« ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫َ)ﺃ ْﺃﻣﻦ( )ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺳــﻜﻮﻥ( ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭ»ﺃﻭﻣ َﻦ« ﺃﺻﻠﻬــﺎ ُﺃ ْﺃ ِﻣ َﻦ )ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻓﺴــﻜﻮﻥ( ُﻗ ِﻠﺒﺖ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻤــﺎﻥ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇ ِ ْﺇﻣﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺳــﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ َ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻳﺎﺀ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃ ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺴــﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫)ﻗﻠﺒــﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳــﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻟــﻒ ﻳﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻏﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ُﻏ َﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺰﺍﻝ ُﻏ َﺰ ‪‬ﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫»ﻏ َﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻢ« ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ« ﻭﺯﻧ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺷــﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ُ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻳ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ » ُﻓ َﻌ ‪‬ﻴﻞ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ًﺀ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﺘﻄﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺭ ِﺿ َﻲ ﻭ َﻗ ِﻮ َﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎ ِﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻮ( ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ )ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻞ‪َ :‬ﺭ ِﺿ َﻮ ﻭ َﻗ ِﻮ َﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎ ِﺯﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘــﻊ ﻃﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﻋــﺪ ًﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻛ ْﻮ ُﺕ( ﻓﻠﻤــﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻛ ْﻴ ُﺖ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻄﻮﺕ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘــﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺠﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺳــﺘﺮﺿﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺿﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺴــﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳــﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻮﻋﺎﺩ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﻮﻗﺎﺕ(‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ْﻮﺛﺎﻕ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﻘﺎﺕ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪ِ :‬ﻣ ْﻮﺯﺍﻥ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ؛ ﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﺮ ﻛﺴــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ُﺗ ْﻘ َﻠ ُﺐ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻞ‬
 ‫‪132‬‬

‫ــﻮﺍﺭ )ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠ ‪‬ﻮﺍﺫ )ﺩﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ِ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ( ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ًﺀ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌــﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻻﻣــ ًﺎ ﻟ ُﻔ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ ﺻﻔ ًﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬‬
‫»ﺩﻧْﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ْﻠﻴﺎ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻞ »ﺩﻧﻴﺎ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭ»ﻋﻠﻴﺎ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻬﻤﺎ ُﺩﻧ َْﻮﻯ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﻻﻣ ًﺎ ﻟ ُﻔ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ‬
‫ــﺮﻯ‪ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ْﻠ َﻮﻯ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺑﺸْ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻻﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ُﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ( ﺻﻔــ ًﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ َﻧ ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ‪ ،﴾ K J I H G F E‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻤ ًﺎ‬
‫»ﺣ ْﺮ َﻳﺎ« ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫»ﺣ ْﺮ َﻭﻯ« )ﺍﺳــﻤ ًﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ( ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗ َُﻐ ‪‬ﻴ ْﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻔ ًﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ ـ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌــﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ﻭﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺳــﻴﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺩﻏﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺳ ْﻴ ِﻮﺩ« ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫)ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺩ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ( ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻬﺎ َ‬
‫ﻭﻏ ْﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻟ ْﻮﻯ(‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ )ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪َ :‬ﻃ ْﻮﻯ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻲ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ّ :‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺩﻟ ِ ّﻲ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ِﻋ ِ‬

‫ﺼ ّﻲ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟِ ّﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ » َﺩ ْﻟــﻮ« ﻓﺄﺻﻞ ِﻋ ِﺼ ّﻲ ُﻋ ُﺼ ْﻮ ٌﻭ‪،‬‬‫ﺼ ّﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ َﻋ ًﺼﺎ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ِﻋ ِ‬
‫ﻮﻭ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ( ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫)ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ِﺩﻟِ ّﻲ ُﺩ ُﻟ ٌ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺀ ﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺑﻀﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ُﻋ ُﺼ ْﻮ ٌﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ُﻋ ُﺼ ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺴــﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺸــﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫»ﺩﻟِ ّﻲ« ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪَ َﺙ‬ ‫»ﻋ ِﺼﻲ« ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ِ‬
‫»ﻋ ِﺼ ّﻲ« َﻓ ُﻴ ْﺮ َﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟــﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌــﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﺒﺘﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﺗﺎﺀ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﻏﻤﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ( ﻓﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺗﺎﺀ ًﺍ )ﺍ ِ ْﻭﺗَﺼﻞ ـ ﺍِﺗْﺘﺼﻞ( ﺛﻢ ﺗﺪﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼ ٌﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ــﻞ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼ ٌﻞ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ )ﺍﺗ َّﺼ َﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪َ :‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺘ ِﺼ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻳ َﺴ َﺮ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴــﺮ( ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺗّﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﻠﻪ »ﺍﻳﺘﺴﺮ«‬
‫ﻓﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﺀ ًﺍ )ﺍﺗﺘﺴــﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺪﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ )ﺍﺗّﺴــﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺼــﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈــﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﻏﻤﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﺘﻠﺢ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ( ﻓ ُﺘ ْﺒﺪَ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ‬
 ‫‪134‬‬

‫)ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺏ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺿﺘﺮﺏ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺮ )ﺍﺿﻄــﺮﺏ(‪ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻃﻠﻊ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻃﺘﻠﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﺍﻃﻠﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪4 3 ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ّ‬
‫‪ ،﴾ 7 6 5‬ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ ﻇﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓــﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﻣﻨــﻪ ﺍﻇﻄﻠﻢ )ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻇﺘﻠﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻓﺼــﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻇﻄﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺯﻥ »ﺍﻓﻄﻌﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻻﺣﻘ ًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴــﻎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻇﻠﻢ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ »ﺍﻇﻄﻠﻢ« ﺑ َﻘ ْﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫»ﺍﻃﻠﻢ« ﺑﻘﻠــﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ ﻃــﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻭﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄــﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ»ﺍﻇﻠﻢ« ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺀ ﻇﺎﺀ ًﺍ ﻭﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺸــﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻇﻠﻢ( ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬‫ﻭﺍﻃﻠﻢ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻫﻲ‪) :‬ﺍﻇﻄﻠﻢ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻈﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻃﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﻈﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﻤﺔ ﻣﺸــﺪّ ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ً‬

‫ﻻ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟــﺪﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠــﺔ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳــﺒﻘﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻝ ُﺷــﺪّ َﺩﺗَﺎ ﻣﻌ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﺩﺍﻥ« ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺩﺍ ً‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪) :‬ﺍﺩﺗﺎﻥ( ﻓﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺩﺍ ً‬

‫ﻻ‬
‫)ﺍ ْﺩ َﺩﺍﻥ( ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟــﺪﺍﻝ )ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ »ﺯﺍﻥ« ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺮ »ﺍﺯﺩﺍﻥ«‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪» :‬ﺍﺯﺗﺎﻥ« ﻓﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺩﺍ ً‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ »ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ« ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ )ﻓﺎﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺫﺗﻜﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺫﺩﻛﺮ ﺑــﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺩﺍ ً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﺑﺢ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﻑ( َﻭ ِﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸــﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ َﻓﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺍﺫﺩﻛﺮ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ( ﺫﺍ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬‫ﺍ ّﺫ َﻛ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﺩﺍ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺮ )ﺍ ّﺩﻛﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨــﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪o n ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ t s r q p‬ﻭﻣﺜــﻞ‪0 / . - , + ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪.﴾ ...1‬‬

‫‪Ik ôãch ák ∏q b ô«°ùμàdG ™ªL‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣــﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴــﻦ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴ ٍﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛ ُﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟِﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭ ُﺟﻞ ﻭ ِﺭﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ‪)َ :‬ﺃ َﺳﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺳــﺪ‪َ ،‬‬
 ‫‪136‬‬

‫ﻭﻏﻼﻡ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻏ ْﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺒِ ّﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺻ ْﻨﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﻨ َﻮﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﻼﻡ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻟ ُﺴــﻦ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﺒﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴــﻠﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻓ َﺮ ُﺟﻞ )ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴــﻢ( ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ِﺭ َﺟﺎﻝ )ﺑﻜﺴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ُﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﺴﺮﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻢ(‬
‫ــﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴــﺮ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ َﺳ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠــﻰ »ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪﻳﻦ«(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﻳ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﺻ ْﻨﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﻨ َﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺗ ُْﺨﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ َُﺨـﻢ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺭ ُﺟﻞ ﻭ ِﺭﺟﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻏﻼﻡ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻏ ْﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪137‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴــﻴﺮ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺇﻣــﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ًﺍ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺳ ِﻔﻴﻨﺔ ُﺳ ُﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗِ ْﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺗَﻼﻣﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ » :‬ﻓ ْﻠﻚ« ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴــﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔــﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻛﻀﻤــﺔ ) ُﻗ ْﻔﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻛﻀﻤﺔ ُ)ﺃ ْﺳــﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠــﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻀﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔــﺮﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫــﺬﺍ ُﻓ ْﻠﻚ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ُﻓ ْﻠ ٌ‬
‫ــﻚ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻓــﻼﻙ َﺩﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻘــﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀــﻮﺍﺭﺏ )ﺩﻓﺎﻋ ًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻃــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻠﻚ ﺿﺎﺭﺑــﺔ ﻓﻲ ُﻋ ْﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻗﻠﺔ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺮﺓ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ # " ! ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪Î Í Ì ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ Ñ Ð Ï‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺘﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺒﻴــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺜــﺮﺓ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ ﴾ - , + * ) ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪m l k ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ n‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ﴾ Y X ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪z y x ﴿ :‬‬
‫{ ﴾‪.‬‬
 ‫‪138‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺮﺓ(‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻲ‪َ :‬ﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌ َﻠﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﺳــﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻏﺬﻳــﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ( ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺭ ُﺟﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ َﺃ ْﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ‬‫ﻭﺃ ْﻟﺴــﻦ َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫َﺃ ْﻓ ُﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪)َ :‬ﺃﻧ ُْﺠﻢ َ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﺨﺔ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻ ْﺒ َﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳــﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ِﻓ ْﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻏ ْﻠﻤﺔ ِ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ َﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻄــﺮﺩ ﻭﺯﻥ َﺃ ْﻓ ِﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻌﻤﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻋ ِﻤﺪﺓ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻋ ُﻤــﻮﺩ َ‬ ‫)ﻏــﺮﺍﺏ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻏ ِﺮﺑﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺃ ـ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪َ ُ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺭﻏﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫)ﻏﻄــﺎﺀ ﻭﺃ ْﻏ ِﻄﻴــﺔ ﻭ ِﺭ َﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺑِﻨَﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟــﻼﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺑﻨِﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻥ َﺃ ِﻋ ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺃ ِﺯﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺮﻳﺮ َﺃ ِﺳ ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻴﻞ َﺃ ِﺫ ‪‬ﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ َ)ﺃ ْﻓ ُﻌﻞ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴــﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃ ْﻓ ُﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﻧ ُﻔــﺲ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺑ ُﺤﺮ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺑﻼ‬
‫‪139‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﺫﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻳ ُﻤﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻣــﺪ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ِ :‬‬
‫)ﺫ َﺭﺍﻉ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻋ ُﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﺁﺗُﻦ )ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺭ((‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺏ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ) َﻓ ْﻌﻞ( ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴــﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺑﺤﺮ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﺑ ُﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻧ ْﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻛ ُﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﺮ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧ ُْﻬﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛ ْﻠﺐ َ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ْﻧ ُﻔﺲ‪َ ،‬‬‫َ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻭﺯﻥ َﺃ ْﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺟﻤــﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴــﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫َ)ﺃ ْﻓ ُﻌﻞ( ﻭ َﻳ َﺘﺄ ‪‬ﺗﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻌــﻞ( ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ ) :‬ﺑ ْﻴﺖ ﺃﺑﻴــﺎﺕ‪َ ،‬ﺛ ْﻮﺏ ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ْ :‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪َ ،‬ﺳ ْﻴﻒ ﺃﺳﻴﺎﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ْﺰﺏ ﺃﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺣ ْﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ‪ِ ،‬‬‫)ﻓ ْﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﻠﻢ ﺃﻋــﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻗ َﻤﺮ‬
‫ــﺒﺐ ﺃﺳــﺒﺎﺏ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪َ ) :‬ﻓ َﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬
‫)ﺳ َ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪) :‬ﻓ َﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻋﻨَﺐ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻛﺘِﻒ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ ِﺨﺬ ﺃﻓﺨﺎﺫ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪َ ) :‬ﻓ ِﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ‬
‫ــﻤ َﻴ ْﺖ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﺴــﺒﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗ َ‬ ‫ُﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻤــﺎ ُﻳ َﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪)ُ :‬ﺃ َﺟ ْﻴﻤــﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺟﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ َﺣ ْﻴ ِﻤ َﺮﺓ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﻤﺮﺓ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻ َﺒ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴــﺮ ِﺻ ْﺒ َﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬
 ‫‪140‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﺜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ‪Ì ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ Ñ Ð Ï Î Í‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪،﴾ # " ! ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪ ،﴾ « ª © ¨ ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪T S ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ،﴾ U‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ r q p o n m ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨــﺎ‪» :‬ﺣﻀــﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳــﻮﻥ« ﻭ»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳــﺎﺕ« ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻻﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺎﺅﻫﻤﺎ( ﺑﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻐﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴــﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ (....‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺟﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺣﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ُﻳ ْﺴــ َﺘﻐْ ﻨَﻰ ﺑﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻊ ِﺭ ْﺟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْﺭ ُﺟﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ــﻤ ْﻊ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻢ ُﻳ ْﺴ َ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻋ ُﻨﻖ ﻭﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻭﺃﻓﺌﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ـ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪﴾ Å Ä ÃÂ Á À ¿ ¾ ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪141‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸــﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺑﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ُﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺭ ُﺟﻞ ﻭ ِﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ َﺭ ُﺟﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ُﺳــﻤﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪P O N M ﴿ :‬‬
‫‪ ﴾ Q‬ﻭﻗــﺎﻝ‪ ،﴾ ) ( ' & % $ # " ! ﴿ :‬ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ) * ‪ ﴾ - , +‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐــﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳــﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋــﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻐﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴــﺖ ﺃﻣﺮ ًﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴ ًﺎ ﺫﻫﻨﻴ ًﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺸــﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ــﺮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ‪k ﴿ :‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ُﻓ ُﻌﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ُﻨﻊ ﺟﻤﻊ َﺻﻨﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ُﻓ َﻌﻞ(‬‫ﻭﺣ ُﻤﺮ )ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﻤــﺎﺭ( ُ‬ ‫‪ُ ﴾m l‬‬
‫ــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ» ُﻓ َﻌﻞ« ﺟﻤﻊ ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﻔﺮ ﻭ ُﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ُﻓ ْﻌ َﻠﺔ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﻏ َﺮﻑ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺻ َﻐﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ُﺻﻐﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪È ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ُﻛ َﺒﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ُﻛﺒﺮﻯ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺠﺞ ﺟﻤﻊ ِﺣﺠ‪ ‬ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻓ َﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﻛ َﺴــﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ِﻛ ْﺴﺮﺓ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫‪ِ ،﴾ Ê É‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻗﻀﺎﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﻭﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ِ :‬ﺫ ْﻛــﺮﻯ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫ َﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺭﻣــﺎﺓ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
 ‫‪142‬‬

‫ﻭﻏﺰﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ َﻓ َﻌ َﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻛ َﻤ َﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ َﺮﺭﺓ‪َ ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺳ َﺤ َﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻓ َﺠ َﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪.﴾ ñ ð ï î ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ) َﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻗﺘﻴــﻞ ﻭ َﻗ ْﺘﻠﻰ( )ﻭﺯَ ِﻣﻦ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ َ‬
‫ﻭﺳ ْﻜ َﺮﻯ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯَ ْﻣﻨﻰ( )ﻭﻫﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻠﻜﻰ( )ﻭﻣ ‪‬ﻴﺖ ﻭ َﻣ ْﻮﺗَﻰ( )ﻭﺳــﻜﺮﺍﻥ َ‬
‫ــﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯَ ْﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻭﻗ َ‬‫ﻭﻛ َﻮﺯَ ﺓ‪ِ ،‬ﻗ ْﺮﺩ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺩ َﺑ َﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛــﻮﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ِ‬
‫)ﻓ َﻌﻠﺔ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺩ ّﺏ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ ّﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋــﻢ ﻭ ُﻗ ّﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﻭ ِﺯ َﻭ َﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ » ُﻓ ّﻌــﻞ« ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺋﻢ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺎﺭﺏ ُﺿ ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ » ُﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ« ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ُﻛ ‪‬ﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ُﺻ ‪‬ﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻢ ُﻗ ‪‬ﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﻝ ُﻋﺪّ ﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻮﺏ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫»ﻓ َﻌﺎﻝ« ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻌﺐ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻀــ ًﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺭ ْﻣﺢ ِﺭﻣﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻳﻢ ِﻛﺮﺍﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻏ ْﻀ َﺒﺎﻥ َﻏ ْﻀ َﺒﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟ َﻤﻞ ِﺟﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻗﺪَ ﺡ ِﻗﺪَ ﺍﺡ‪ُ ،‬‬‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻀﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ُﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻭﻋﻞ ُﻭ ُﻋﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺮ ﻧ ُُﻤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ْﻠﺲ ُﻓ ُﻠﻮﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺿ ْﻴﻒ ُﺿ ُﻴﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳــﺪ ﺃﺳــﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ِﻓ ْﻌﻼﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻏــﻼﻡ ِﻏ ْﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻏــﺮﺍﺏ ِﻏ ْﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏــﺰﺍﻝ ِﻏ ْﺰﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧــﺮﻭﻑ ِﺧ ْﺮ َﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟــﺎﺭ ِﺟ َ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ِﻋﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻉ ِﻗﻴﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺝ ﺗِ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻮﺕ ﺣﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ َ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ُ ) :‬ﻓ ْﻌﻼﻥ( ﻣﺜــﻞ‪َ :‬ﻇ ْﻬﺮ ُﻇﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ ْﻄﻦ‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺭ ِﻏﻴﻒ ُﺭ ْﻏﻔﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ُﺑ ْﻄﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺫ َﻛﺮ ُﺫ ْﻛﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ َﻠﺪ ُﺑ ْﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﻤﻞ ُﺣ ْﻤﻼﻥ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭ َﻗ ِﻀﻴﺐ ُﻗ ْﻀ َﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ُﻓ َﻌﻼﺀ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ُﻛ َﺮﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺠﻴﻦ ﺳﺠﻨﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺮﻳﻒ ﻇﺮﻓﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻗﻞ ُﻋﻘﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺎﻋﺮ ُﺷــﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺪّ ﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺰﻳﺰ َﺃ ِﻋ ّﺰﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫)ﺃﻓﻌﻼﺀ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺢ ُﺻﻠﺤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻱ ﺃﻗﻮﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻨِﻲ ﺃﻏﻨﻴــﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﻫ ‪‬ﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﻧﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﺃﻧﺼﺒﺎﺀ‪َ ،‬‬‫ِ‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻓﻌﺎﺋﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺳــﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺳــﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺳــﺤﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺴﺮ )ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻼﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺰ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺐ )ﻃﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴــﺮﻯ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ )ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ( ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺷــﻤﺎﺋﻞ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﺎﺭﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫)ﺭﺳــﺎﻟﺔ( ﺃﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻴــ ًﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )ﻧﺤﻮ ِﺷــﻤﺎﻝ( ﻳﻤﻜــﻦ ﺃﻥ َﻳ ِﺮ َﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫» َﻓ َﻌﺎﺋِﻞ« ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫َﻓ َﻌﺎ َﻟﻰ )ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ( ﻭ َﻓ َﻌﺎﻟِﻲ )ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ( ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﺻﺤﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺻﺤــﺎ ِﺭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺬﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ َﻓ ْﻌﻼﺀ ﺍﺳــﻤ ًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫)ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫َ‬ ‫)ﻋﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻭﻋﺬﺍ ِﺭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺘﺎ ِﻭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﺮﺩ َﻓ َﻌﺎ َﻟﻰ )ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ َﻓ ْﻌﻼﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋ َﻄﺎﺷــﻰ َ‬
‫ﻭﻏ َﻀﺎ َﺑﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺸــﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺳــﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻘــﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‪َ :‬‬
 ‫‪144‬‬

‫ﻭﺳ ِ‬
‫ــﻤ َﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻴﻢ ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻳــﻢ )ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺎﺭﻯ( ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ َ‬
‫ــﻜ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﺎﻣــﻰ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻣﻰ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟــﻪ ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ـ ‪﴾ ¸ ¶ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪.﴾ ..# " ! ﴿ :‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﺍﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ ْﺮ ِﺩ ّﻱ َﺑ َﺮ ِﺍﺩ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫)ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺳــﻲ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫) َﻓﻌﺎﻟِﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﺎﻓﺮ )ﺟﻤﻊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ( ﻭﺳﻔﺎﺭﺝ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺯﻕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻓﺮﺯﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷــﺒﻪ )ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻰ َﻣﺪَ ﺍ ٍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻨﺪﺭﻳﺲ )ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ( ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺧﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺳﻼﺳﺐ‪) ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ُﻳ ْﻤﻨَﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭ َﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ َﺃ ْﻭﺯَ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ َﻳ ِﺮ ُﺩ ﺣﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﺳــﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﻣﺴــﺎﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﺍﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻮﺍﻋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷــﻮﺍﻋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻓﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﺩﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺭﻳﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻛﻨﻴﻦ‬‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻕ‪) ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣــﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻏــﻮﺍﺵ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ٍ :‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪145‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫‪:¬eÉμMCGh ¬°VGôZCGh √Éæ©e ô«¨°üàdG‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻐ ًﺔ ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣ ًﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴــﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐــﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴــﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿــﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣــ ًﺎ‪ :‬ﻫــﻮ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻐــﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜــﻼﺙ ) ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻞ ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻴــﻞ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ُﻗﻨ َْﻴ ِﺪﻳﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧ َُﻬ ْﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨــﺰﻝ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣﻨِ ْﻴــ ِﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﺗ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ُﻗ َﻠ ْﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺘﺐ ُﻣ َﻜ ْﻴﺘِﺐ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ْﺼ َﺒﺎﺡ ُﻣ َﺼ ْﻴﺒِﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﻳــﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻨــﺎ‪) :‬ﻗﻠﻴﻢ( ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻨــﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻛﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ُﺟ َﺒ ْﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ــﺒ ْﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷــﻮﻳﻌﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ُﺳ َ‬
‫ــﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺷــﻌﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃ َﺳ ْ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ُﺑ ْﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫) ُﻗ َﺒ ْﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﻓﻮﻳــﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﻭ ُﺑ َﻌ ْﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ُﺑ َﻨ ‪‬ﻴﺘِﻲ ﻭﻳﺎ ُﺃﺧَ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﻳﺎ ُﺑﻨ ‪َ‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ُﺣ َﺒ ‪‬ﻴﺒِﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺷــﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳــﻤ ًﺎ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬‫ﺗ َ‬
 ‫‪146‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﺑ ًﺎ ﻻ ﻣﺒﻨﻴ ًﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻐﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺩ َﺭ ْﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﺑ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬ﺣ َﺴ ْﻴﻦ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻛ َﻤ ْﻴﺖ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺷــﺮﻋ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴــﻨﻰ ﻭﺃﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﻭﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻛﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳــﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﮊ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫ُﺳ ‪‬ﻤ َﻲ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺈﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻭﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻴﻎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ـ ) ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻞ( )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺛﻼﺛــﻲ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﻠــﺐ ُﻗ َﻠ ْﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﺐ‬
‫ُﻛ َﻠ ْﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻤﺮ ُﻗ َﻤ ْﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫»ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ« )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﻣ ْﻄ َﻠﻊ ُﻣ َﻄ ْﻴ ِﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨ ِﺰﻝ‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ َ‬
‫ﻭﻣ َﺴ ْﻴ ِﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻣﻨ َْﻴ ِﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﻜﻦ ُ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ـ »ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻴﻞ« )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪َ ،‬ﺃ ْﻱ ﺧﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪ ًﺍ(‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺒــﺎﺡ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻘــﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻴﻘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﻗﻨﻴﺪﻳــﻞ‪ ،‬ـ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺘﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴــﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﻋــﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺄﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﺋــﺪ ﺑﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻸﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻓ ُﻘ ْﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻄﻴﻠﻊ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻌﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻴــ ِﺰﻝ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﺘِﺐ‬ ‫ﻭ ُﻗ َﻠ ْﻴــﺐ ﻭ ُﻗ َﺒ ْﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﺼ ْﻴ ِﻔﻴــﺮ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻴﻞ«‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ َﻔ ْﻴﺘِﻴﺢ ﻭ ُﻗﻨ َْﻴ ِﺪﻳﻞ ُ‬
‫ﻌﻴ ِﻌﻞ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ ْ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧــﻪ ﺑﺮﺳــﻤﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻐﻴــﺮ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ُﺃ َﺣ ْﻴ ِﻤــﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫»ﻣ َﻔ ْﻴﻌﻴﻞ«‬‫ُ»ﺃ َﻓ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ« ﻻ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ِﻣ ْﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﻣﻔﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُ‬
‫»ﻣ َﻔ ْﻴ ِﻌﻴــﻞ«‬‫ﻻ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌــﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴــﺮ ِﻣ ْﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﻣﻔﻴﺘﻴــﺢ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُ‬
‫ﻻ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻴﻞ«‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ُﺣ َﻤ ْﻴﺪ ﻭ ُﻗ َﻠ ْﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻞ«‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻴ ًﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻳ ًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪:Aɪ°SC’G ô«¨°üJ á«Ø«c‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻐﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟــﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴــﻪ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪» :‬ﻗﻠﻢ« ﺗﺼﻐّ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ُﻗ َﻠ ْﻴﻢ( ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ َ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﻠﻢ ُﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧ َُﻬ ْﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺭ ُﺑﺪَ ْﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ُﻓ َﺼ ْﻴﻞ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺴﻦ ُﺣ َﺴ ْﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧ‪‬ﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜ ًﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ُﺭﺩ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﻳــﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺌﺮ ُﺑﺆ ْﻳﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ُﺃ َﺫ ْﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﻦ ُﻋ َﻴ ْﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺭ ْﺟﻞ ُﺭ َﺟ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻤﺲ ﺷﻤﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ َﻳ ُﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪148‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﺻ ‪‬ﻐ َﺮ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ُﺿ ّﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓﺘِــﺢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺯﻳﺪﺕ ﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤ ْﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻛﺴــﺮﻧﺎ َ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ُﻣﻨ َْﻴ ِﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﺮﺝ ُﻣ َﺨ ْﻴ ِﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺘــﺐ ُﻣ َﻜ ْﻴﺘِﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻄﻠﻊ ُﻣ َﻄ ْﻴ ِﻠﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ُﻛﺘ ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺰﺍﻝ ُﻏ َﺰ ‪‬ﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻄﺎﺭ ُﻣ َﻄ ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻤﺎﺳــﻴﺎ ُﺿ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭ ُﻟــﻪ ﻭ ُﻓﺘﺢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺪﺕ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻜﺴــﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺐ ﺣــﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻳﺎﺀ ًﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ُﻣ َﻔ ْﻴﺘِﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ُﻣ َﺴ ْﻴ ِﻤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻗ ْﻨﺪﻳﻞ ُﻗ ْﻨﻴ ِﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭ ُﻋ َﺼ ْﻴﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺴﺎﻝ ُﻣ َﻜ ْﻴ ِﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ُﻣ َﺼﻴﺒِﻴﺢ‪ِ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ‪‬ﺫ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﺤﻔــﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫)ﻣ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮﺏ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ َﻋ ِﺸ ّﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ َﻣﻐْ ﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ُ‬
‫)ﻋ َﺸــ ‪‬ﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ‪ُ ) :‬ﻟ َﻴ ْﻴ ِﻠ َﻴﺔ(‬‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ُ :‬ﻋ َﺸ ْﻴ ِﺸــﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ُﻟ َﻴ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ )ﺩﻭﻥ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫــﺎ )ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ( ﻓﺘﺮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﻣ َﻮ ْﻳ ِﻌﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬

‫)ﻗﻴﻤﺔ( ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻗ َﻮ ْﻳ َﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴــﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣ َﻮ ْﻳ ِﺰﻳﻦ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺻ َﻮ ْﻳ َﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ ُﺭﺩ‪‬ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻳﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺻ َ‬
‫)ﺫﺅ ْﻳﺐ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮ ) ُﺑﺆ ْﻳــﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤــ ًﺎ ُﺭﺩ‪‬ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫)ﺩﻧ َْﻴﻨِﻴﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴــﺮﺍﻁ ) ُﻗ َﺮ ْﻳ ِﺮﻳﻂ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻳﺎﺀ‬ ‫ِﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪َ :‬ﺑ ْﻴ ُﺖ ُﺑ َﻴ ْﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻟﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ُﺭﺩ‪‬ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣ َﻴ ْﻴ ِﻘﻦ‪،‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ( ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﻗﻦ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴــﻦ( ﺗ َ‬
‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣ َﻴ ْﻴ ِﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳـــﻮﺭ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺭ(‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻮﺳﺮ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴــﺮ( ﺗ َ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺳــﺆ ْﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻡ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺆﻡ( ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠـــــﻰ ُﻟــﺆَ ْﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣـــﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺒﻘــﻰ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺛﻮﺏ ُﺛ َﻮ ْﻳﺐ ﻭ َﻳ ْﻮﻡ‬
‫ُﻳ َﻮ ْﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﺃﻟﻔ ًﺎ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺭﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ( ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ُﺑ َﻮ ْﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ُﺩ َﻭ ْﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﻝ ُﻣ َﻮ ْﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻧ َُﻴ ْﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺏ ُﻋ َﻴ ْﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﺏ ُﻏ َﻴ ْﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺩﻡ ُﺃ َﻭ ْﻳ ِﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻓﻤﺜــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻫﻢ ُﻓ َﻮ ْﻳ ِﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺐ ُﻛ َﻮ ْﻳﺘِﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪َ :‬ﻋــﺎﺝ ُﻋ َﻮ ْﻳﺞ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ُﺻ َﻮ ْﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪150‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺣ ْﺮ َﻓﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ُﺭﺩ‪‬ﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﺔ )ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻭ َﻋ ْﻴﺪَ ﺓ‪ُ ،‬ﻭﺯَ ْﻳﻨﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻭ َﺳ ْﻴ َﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺯﻧﺔ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺬ )ﻇﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ( ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣﻨ َْﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺔ )ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ُ :‬ﺩ َﻣ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷــﻔﻴﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻳﺪَ ‪‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧ ‪‬ﻴﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﺑﻨَﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺑ َﻨ ‪‬ﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫)ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷــﺠﻴﺮﺓ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼــﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺸــﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻠﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺒ ْﻴ َﻠﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻤﻰ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫)ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺑ َﺸ ْﻴ َﺮﻯ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤــﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺤــﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ــﺮﺍﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺣ َﻤ ْﻴ َ‬
‫)ﺻ َﺤ ْﻴﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ َُﺠ ْﻴﻼﺀ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ُ‬
‫َﺃ ْﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺯﻫــﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺻﺤــﺎﺏ )ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐــﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ُﺃﺯَ ْﻳ َﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺃ َﺻ ْﻴ َﺤﺎﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ َﻓ ْﻌﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺜﻪ َﻓ ْﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺳﻜﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﻄ ْﻴﺸﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺳ َﻜ ْﻴﺮﺍﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻄﺸﺎﻥ( ﺗﺼﻐّ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ُ :‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ُﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﺘــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣــﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺣﻨﻈﻠﺔ‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺟ َﻮ ْﻳ ِﻬﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ )ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺣﻨ َْﻴ ِﻄﻠﺔ ُ‬
‫)ﻛ َﺮ ْﻳﺒِﻼﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﺑــﻼﺀ ُ‬
‫ﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﻋ ْﺒ َﻘ ِﺮ ّﻱ ﻭ َﻣ ْﺴ ِ‬
‫ــﺠ ّ‬
‫ﺮﻱ ُﻣ َﺴ ْﻴ ِﺠ ِﺪ ّﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ُﺧﺘِ َﻢ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫)ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻋ َﺒ ْﻴ ِﻘ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻠﺠﻼﻥ )ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺴــﻢ( ﺗﺼﻐﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺟ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﺠﻼﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﻼﻣــﺔ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺯُ َﻋ ْﻴ ِﻔــﺮﺍﻥ ُ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌ ًﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ًﺍ ﺳــﺎﻟﻤ ًﺎ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺴــﻠﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ــﻴ ِﻠﻤﻮﻥ(‪،‬‬
‫ُﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ُ :‬ﻣ َﺴ ْ‬ ‫ــﻴ ِﻠﻤﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﻣﺴــﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺗ َ‬ ‫)ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻣ َﺴ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ؟‬

‫ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈــﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺭﻛــﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻫﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻡ(‬
‫ﻭﺭ َﻫ ْﻴﻂ ‪،‬ﻭ ُﻗ َﻮ ْﻳﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُ‬
‫)ﺭ َﻛ ْﻴﺐ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﺤﺔ )ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺃﺷﻴ َﻌﺎﺭ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺃ َﺳ ْﻴ ِﻠ َﺤﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ‪‬ﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻟﻢ ُﻳ َﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﺴــﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ــﻴ ِﻠﻤﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ‬ ‫)ﻣ َﺴ ْﻴ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮﻥ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻣ َﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﺕ( ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺼﻐّ ﺮ ﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ً‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ) َﺭ ُﺟﻞ( ﺛﻢ ُﻳ َﺼﻐّ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺭ َﺟ ْﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫»ﺩﺭﻫﻢ« ﺛﻢ ﻳﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫)ﺭ َﺟ ْﻴ ُﻠﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ُ‬
‫ُﺩ َﺭ ْﻳ ِﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺩ َﺭ ْﻳ ِﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪152‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺟﻲ ﺑﺘﺼﻐﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﺀ‬‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻐــﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻌﻠﺒﻚ )ﺗﺼﻐّ ﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ‪ُ :‬ﻋ َﺒ ْﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛــﺐ ﺍﻹﺳــﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻐﺮ ﻷﻧــﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ُﺑ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻠ َﺒ َ‬
‫ــﻚ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻲ ﻻ ُﻳ َﻐ ‪‬ﻴﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪) :‬ﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻓﺘــﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻧ َْﺤ َﻤﺪُ ﻩ( ﺇﻥ‬
‫ــﻤ َﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳــﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴــﻢ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘــﻂ‪ُ ) :‬ﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻞ ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌــﻞ( »ﻓﺤﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﻤﺎﺩ« ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐــﺮ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﻤ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﺣ َﻤ ْﻴــﺪ ) ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻞ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﻤــﺪ َ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻃﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﻐﺮ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﻤ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣ َﻔ ْﻴﺘِﺢ )ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻌــﻞ( ﻭﻻ َﺗ َﺘ َﺄ ‪‬ﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﺼ ْﻴ ِﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻳﻄــﺲ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ُﻗﻨ َْﻴ ِﺪﻝ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴﻌﻴﻞ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳــﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ـ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﻢ ـ‬

‫‪:Ö°ùædG‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺪّ ﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺎﻧﻲ )ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﺫﻟــﻚ ُﻋ َﻤ ّ‬
‫‪153‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺮﺩ‬

‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴــﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳــﻌﻮﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫)ﻣﺼﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ )ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ‪‬ﺑﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺈﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴــﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫َﻏ ْﺮﺑِ ّﻲ )ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺳــﻤﻲ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ُﻳ ْﺤ َﺬ ُﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻫﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫)ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺠﻲ ﻧﻘــﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘــﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘــﻮﺹ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺠ ّﻲ(‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪ ّﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺣ َﺴﻨِ ّﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﺎﻥ )ﺯَ ْﻳ ِﺪ ّﻱ َ‬
 ‫‪154‬‬

‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻭﻋﻼﻣــﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤــﻊ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﺯﻳــــﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻋﺎﺑــــﺪﻭﻥ )ﺯَ ْﻳ ِﺪ ّﻱ‬

‫ﻭﻋﺎﺑِ ّ‬
‫ﺪﻱ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻟﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳــﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫)ﺑﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳــﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤــﺬﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬــﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‬
‫ــﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺴ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫)ﻛﻨ َِﺪ ّﻱ‬‫ﻭﻛﺴﻼ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺯ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪َ :‬ﺑ ْﻨﻬــﺎ ) َﺑ ْﻨ ِﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑِ ْﻨ َﻬ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ ِﻭ ّﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻧِ ْﻤﺴــﺎ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛ ْﺴــﺮﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻔﺎ )ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺑﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺎﻓﺎ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻋ َﺼﺎ َﻋ َﺼ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪ِ ،‬ﻗﻨَﺎ ِﻗﻨﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻧِ َﺸﺎ ﻧِﺸ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪ ًﺍ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘــﺪﻱ( ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﺜــﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿ ّﻲ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﻘــﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬــﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿــﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜــﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ ّﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ ِﻮ ّﻱ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿ ِﻮ ّﻱ‬
‫‪155‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ِﻤﻲ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺸّ ِ‬
‫ــﺠﻲ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌ َﻤ ِﻮ ّﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸ َﺠ ِﻮ ّﻱ َ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪َ :‬‬

‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺤﺴــﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ َﻭ ُﻭ ِﺿ َﻌ ْﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﺸــﺎﺀ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ( ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫)ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋ ِ ّﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋ ِ ّﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ َﻭ ُﻭ ِﺿ َﻌ ْﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﺠﻼﺀ( ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ِﻭ ّﻱ ﻧﺠﻼ ِﻭ ّﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ )ﻛﺴــﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ( ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﺴــﺎﺋ ِ ّﻲ ﻭﻛﺴﺎ ِﻭ ّﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺋِﻲ ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ِﻭ ّﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ َﻓ ِﻌﻴ َﻠﺔ ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ َﻓ ِﻌﻴ َﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ِﻌﻴ َﻠﺔ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻳﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻓﺘِ َﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ُﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ )ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺛﻢ ﺗ َ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸــﺘﺮﻁ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﺤ ُﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪) :‬ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ َﺟ ْﺰ ِﺭ ّﻱ(‬
‫)ﻭﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ َﻣﺪَ ﻧِ ّﻲ( )ﻭﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ َﺻ َﺤ ِﻔ ّﻲ( )ﻭﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ َﺣﻨ َِﻔ ّﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻞ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﻓــﻼ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻈــﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭ ًﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﻃﻮﻳﻠــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳﻤ ّﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻠﻴﻠ ّﻲ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻳﻤﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠ ّﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ( ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫‪156‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧُﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ » ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ« ﺣﺬﻓــﺖ ﻳﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﺟ َﻬﻨِ ّﻲ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸــﺮﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ُ :‬ﺟ َﻬ ْﻴﻨَﺔ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻞ‬ ‫)ﻋ َﻤ ِﺮ ّﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ــﺮﺓ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﻤ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫)ﻣ َﺰﻧِ ّﻲ(‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣ َﺰ ْﻳﻨَﺔ ُ‬‫ــﻲ(‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭ ُﻗ َﺮ ْﻳ َﻈﺔ ) ُﻗ َﺮﻇ ّ‬
‫)ﻫ َﺮ ْﻳ ِﺮ ّﻱ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷــﺮﻁ ﻓﻼ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ُ :‬ﺃ َﻣ ْﻴ َﻤﺔ ُ)ﺃ َﻣ ْﻴ ِﻤ ّﻲ( ُ‬
‫ﻭﻫ َﺮ ْﻳ َﺮ ُﺓ َ‬
‫)ﺟﻨ َْﻴﻨِ ّﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻨ َْﻴﻨَﺔ ُ‬ ‫ُﻗ َﻄ ْﻴ َﻄﺔ ) ُﻗ َﻄ ْﻴ ِﻄ ّﻲ(‪ُ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺴــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ُﺗ ْﻘ َﻠ ُﺐ ﻛﺴــﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫»ﺩﺋِﻞ« َﺃ ْﻡ‬‫ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ َﻓ ِﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﻧ َِﻤﺮ« ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ُﻓ ِﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ِﻓ ِﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪» :‬ﺇِﺑِﻞ« ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻧ ََﻤ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ُ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺅَ ﻟ ّﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺇِ َﺑ ّ‬
‫ﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺇﺳــﻨﺎﺩﻳ ًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺗﺄ ّﺑﻂ ﺷــ ‪‬ﺮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﺟ ‪‬ﻴﺎ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻠﺒﻚ ﻭﺣﻀﺮﻣﻮﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺲ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ْﻀــ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣ ِﺮﺋ ِ ّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺑﻄ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ ْﻌ ِﻠ ّﻲ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘــﺎﻝ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜ ْﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ )ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‪َ :‬ﺑ ْﻜ ِﺮ ّﻱ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ( ﻳﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ُ :‬ﻋ َﻤ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪157‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻒ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻠ ْﺒﺲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻨــﺎﻑ( ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ ْﺒ َﺸ ِ‬
‫ــﻤ ّﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫) َﻣﻨ ِ‬
‫َﺎﻓ ّﻲ( ﻭﺷــﺬ ﻧﺤــﻮ‪َ :‬ﻋ ْﺒــﺪَ ِﺭ ّﻱ َ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺷﻤﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻭﺟﻮﺑ ًﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧ ُِﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ُﺭ ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ُﻳ َﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺥ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻨﺔ )ﺗﺜ ّﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‪» :‬ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻮﺍﻥ«( ﻭﺗ ُْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺳــﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺑﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳــﻨﻮﻱ(؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺘﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ َﺭﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻭﺗ َْﺮ ُﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳــﻮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫َﻓ َ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ّﻱ ﻳﺪ ِﻭ ّﻱ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺩﻣ ّﻲ‬ ‫)ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷــﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳــﻢ( ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳــﻤ ّﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻣ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷــﻔ ّﻲ ﻭﺷــ َﻔ ِﻮ ّﻱ ﺃﻭ َﺷــ َﻔ ِﻬ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻨ ّ‬
‫ــﻲ ﺍﺑ َﻨ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻤ ِﻮ ّﻱ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ »ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ«‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪َ :‬ﺻ َﺤ ِﻔ ّﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴــﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷــﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤــﻊ‪ُ :‬ﺻ ُﺤ ِﻔ ّﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌــﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ‪ُ :‬ﻛ ُﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺒﻲ‬ ‫ــﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ) َﻗ َﺒ ِﻠ ّﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘــﺎﻝ‪ُ :‬‬
‫»ﻛ ُﺘ ّ‬ ‫ــﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ) َﻓ َﺮ ِﺿ ّ‬
‫)ﻛﺘﺎﺑِ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺋﻀ ّﻲ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻠﻲ« ﻓﻬﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪158‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻈــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻗﻮﻡ( ﻣﻔــﺮﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪) ،‬ﻭﺭﻫــﻂ( ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ)ﻧﻔﺮ( ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ َﺭ ُﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﺑﻞ( ﻣﻔــﺮﺩﻩ ﺟﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ُﻳ ْﻨ َﺴ ُﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫) َﻗ ْﻮ ِﻣ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺭ ْﻫ ِﻄ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻧ َﻔ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑِ ِﻠ ّﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻩ(‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳــﻢ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠ ْﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸــﺪّ ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﻞ ﻭﻧﺨﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺠﺮ ﻭﺷــﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﺮ ﻭﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻲ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻧﺠ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺴــﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺯﻧْﺞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﻋ َﺮﺑِ ّﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ــﺠ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﺑ َﻘ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ُْﺮﻛ ّﻲ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﻠﻲ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻧ ََﺨ ّ‬
‫ﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ َْﻤ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ِﺯﻧ ِْﺠ ّﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻛﺴــﺮﻯ(‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳــﻮﻟﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ )ﻋﻠــﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌــﺮﻭﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻨﺴــﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺍﺋِﻨِ ّﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺼﺎ ِﺭ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺋ ِﺮ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ِﺭ ّﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪159‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﺌــﻼ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓــﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤــﺔ »ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ« ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ‪» ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮ« ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫َﺟ َﺰ ِﺭ ّﻱ )ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ َﻓ ِﻌ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺍﺋ ِﺮ ّﻱ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴــﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔــﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻟﺌﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧُﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻧﺴــﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺎﺑﻴﻠ ّﻲ‪) ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﻳﺪ( ﻳﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ‪) :‬ﺃﺑﺎﺑﻴﻞ( ﻳﻨﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜــﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‪َ ،‬ﻓ ُﻴ ْﻨ َﺴــﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ً‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻳﻞ ﺳــﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤــﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸــﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳــﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤـﺮﺍﺟــــﻊ‬
 ‫‪á«aô°üdG ™LGôªdG ¢†©H‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴــﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒــﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺤﻲ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪١‬ـ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ـ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺤــﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟــﺔ( ﻟﻠﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻁ‪٧‬‬
‫‪١٤٢٢‬ﻫـ‪٢٠١١ /‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺬﻳــﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤــﻮ )ﺍﻟﺠــﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣــﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴــﻢ ﺍﻟﺼــﺮﻑ(‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﺪ ﻃﻠــﺐ ـ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺷــﺎﺩ ـ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫)ﺃﺳﻬﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮﻩ( ‪١٩٨٣‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺎﺧﺮ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴــﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪٤‬ـ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ـ ‪١٤١٦‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٩٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ( ﺃ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ /.‬ﻗﺪﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪٥‬ـ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﻲ ﻭﺁﺧــﺮﻭﻥ ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴــﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴــﻢ ـ ﻣﺼﺮ ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺲ ـ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻲ ‪١٩٨٤‬ﻡ ـ ‪١٩٨٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻳــﻒ ﺍﻷﻓﻌــﺎﻝ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺣﺴــﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺒﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪٦‬ـ‬
‫‪١٤١٦‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٩٦‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳــﻒ ﺇﻃﻔﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺷــﺮﺡ ﻻﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ـ ّ‬ ‫‪٧‬ـ‬
‫)ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺔ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ( ‪١٤٠٧‬ﻫـ ـ‬
‫‪١٩٨٦‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪164‬‬

‫ﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ )ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻪ(‬ ‫‪٨‬ـ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻃﻨﻄﺎ ‪١٩٧٨‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺴﺮﺓ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻲ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪٩‬ـ‬
‫ـ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٣ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺿــﺮﺍﺕ ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻢ ﺍﻟﺼــﺮﻑ ـ ﺇﻋــﺪﺍﺩ ﺃ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ /.‬ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١٠‬ـ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺟﺐ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪١٩٩٠‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ـ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ /.‬ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﺻﻼﺡ ـ‬ ‫‪ ١١‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٤١١‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٩٠‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻓــﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴــﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺻﺮﻓﻬــﺎ ـ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٢‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻄﺎﻛﻲ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ـ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ ‪١٣٩١‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٧١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﻋﻠــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ( ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺳــﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١٣‬ـ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ـ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻁ‪١٤٢٢ ١‬ﻫـ ـ ‪٢٠٠١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ‪‬ﻳــﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺳــﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ ١٤‬ـ‬
‫ﻧﺠﻴــﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺪﻱ ـ ﻣﺆﺳﺴــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﺎﻟﺔ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺸــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ـ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪١٤٠٩‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٨٨‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﺮﺱ ﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ‬ ‫‪ ١٥‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﻳﻒ ـ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗــﻲ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ـ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪١٤٠٧‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ـ َﻣ ْﺠ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ـ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ ١٦‬ـ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ ‪١٤١٠‬ﻫـ ـ‬
‫‪١٩٨٩‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪165‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻗﻮﺍﻋــﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ـ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ـ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷــﺮ‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ـ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺠﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ٨‬ـ ‪١٩٨٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ـ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺃ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ /.‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ١٨‬ـ‬
‫ﻁ‪١٤٠٤ ،١‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٨٤‬ﻡ ـ ﻣﻨﺸــﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳــﻞ ـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﺼــﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺴــﺎﻡ(‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ـ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ـ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪١٤١٦‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٩٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ـ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﺍﻧﻲ ـ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠‬ـ‬
‫ﻁ‪١٤٠٧ ،٤‬ﻫـ ـ ‪١٩٨٧‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
 ‫ﺍﻹﻫــــــﺪﺍﺀ ‪٤ .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪٥ ...............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ‪٧ ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ‪٨ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪٩ ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪٩ .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪..................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ‪١٠ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ‪١٠ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ‪١١ ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ ‪١١ ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻲ ‪١١ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﻧ ًﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻴ ًﺎ ‪١٢ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺓ ‪١٢ .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ‪١٣ ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ‪١٣ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ‪١٤ ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺃﻗﺴﺎﻣﻪ ‪١٥ .................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪١٥ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ‪١٦ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪١٧ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻴﺔ ‪١٨ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪٢٠ ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪٢٢ ...............................................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪170‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪٢٢ ......................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ‪٢٢ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪٢٣ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﺤﻮﻳ ًﺎ ﻭﺻﺮﻓﻴ ًﺎ ‪٢٣ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪٢٤ ..........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٢٤ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٢٦ .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ‪٢٧ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ‪٢٧ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻞ ﻭ َﻓ ُﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪٢٨ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻲ ‪٢٨ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻻﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ‪٢٩ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ‪٢٩ .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ‪٣٠ ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ‪٣٠ .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٣١ ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٣٣ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪٣٤ ...............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ‪٣٤ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪٣٤ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ‪٣٥ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪٣٥ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٣٦ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٣٦ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪٣٧ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪٣٨ ......................................................‬‬
‫‪171‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪٣٨ ...........................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺃﻓﻌﻞ« ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٣٩ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٣٩ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٤٠ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ‪٤٠ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ‪٤١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٤٢ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٤٣ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻲﺀ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪٤٥ ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﻪ ‪٤٦ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪٤٧ ........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪٤٨ ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ‪٤٩ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪٥٠ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪٥٠ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ‪٥٣ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪٥٣ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ‪٥٤ ................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ‪٥٤ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪٥٤ ..............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ‪٥٦ .................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪٥٧ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺟﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ‪٥٧ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪٥٨ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ‪٥٩ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺩﻭﻧﻪ(‪٦٣ ..........................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪172‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪٦٩ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪٧٤ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪٧٤ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ‪٧٦ ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻮﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ‪٧٧ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪٧٨ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻼﻝ ‪٧٩ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪٧٩ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ‪٨٠ .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ‪٨٢ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ‪٨٣ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪٨٣ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ‪٨٤ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ‪٨٤ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ‪٨٥ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ‪٨٥ ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ‪٨٧ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ‪٨٧ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ‪٨٨ ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ‪٩٠ ...............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ‪٩١ ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﻱ ‪٩١ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ‪٩٣ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ‪١٠٠ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٠١ ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪١٠١ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪173‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪١٠٢ ............................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ‪١٠٣ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪١٠٣ ..................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪١٠٣ ....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ‪١٠٤ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪١٠٤ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪١٠٥ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪١٠٦ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪١٠٧ .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١٠٧ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻧﺚ ‪١٠٨ .................................................................................‬‬
‫ُﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ‪١١٠ ........................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪١١٠ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪١١١ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻼﻝ ‪١١١ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪١١١ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻞ ‪١١٢ ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ‪١١٢ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪١١٣ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ‪١١٥ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ‪١١٥ ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ‪١١٦ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ‪١١٧ ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪١١٩ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ‪١٢١ ..................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ‪١٢٢ .................................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫‪174‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ‪١٢٢ .................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪١٢٣ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ ‪١٢٥ ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻝ ‪١٢٦ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ‪١٢٩ ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺰﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪١٣٠ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﻳﺎﺀ ًﺍ ‪١٣٠ ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻳﺎﺀ ًﺍ ‪١٣١ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻝ ‪١٣٣ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ‪١٣٥ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪١٣٦ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ‪١٣٧ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ )ﻗﻠﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ( ‪١٣٧ ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪١٣٨ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ‪١٤٠ ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ‪١٤١ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪١٤٤ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٤٥ ..................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٤٥ .................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٤٥ ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٤٦ ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻱ ‪١٤٦ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ‪١٤٧ ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ‪١٤٨ ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪١٥٠ .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٥٠ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪175‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪١٥٠ .......................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪١٥١ ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ‪١٥٢ ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﻢ ‪١٥٢ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ‪١٥٢ ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ‪١٥٣ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ‪١٥٣ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺭ ‪١٥٤ ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺹ ‪١٥٤ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ‪١٥٥ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ َﻓ ِﻌﻴﻠﺔ ﻭ ُﻓ َﻌ ْﻴ َﻠﺔ ‪١٥٥ ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ‪١٥٦ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ‪١٥٦ ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ‪١٥٧ ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ‪١٥٧ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ‪١٥٨ ....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻲ ‪١٥٨ ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪١٥٨ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ ‪١٥٩ ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ ‪١٥٩ ...................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪١٦١ ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪١٦٧ ..........................................................................................................................‬‬